Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Diversified / UBS AG

UBS AG

ubs · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ubs
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Diversified
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY1998 Annual Report · UBS AG
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ab

Combinations 
produce synergies
and open new
perspectives.
Financial Report
1998.

UBS Group 
Financial Highlights

CHF million (except where indicated)

1998

1997

Income statement key figures
Operating income
Operating expenses before restructuring
Operating profit before restructuring and taxes
Net profit / (loss)

Per share data (CHF)
Basic earnings per share 1
Diluted earnings per share 1
Dividends proposed

At year end
Total assets
Shareholders’ equity
Market capitalization

Ratios (%)
Return on shareholders’ equity 2
Return on risk-weighted assets 3
Cost / income ratio 4

BIS Capital ratios 5
Tier 1 capital (%)
Total capital (Tier 1 and Tier 2) (%)
Risk-weighted assets

22,328
18,258
4,070
3,030

14.31
14.23
10.00

944,116
32,395
90,720

10.3
1.0
78.4

9.8
14.0
288,296

24,880
18,636
6,244
( 667 )

23.05
23.02
n/a

1,086,414
30,927
n/a

14.5
1.3
71.2

8.3
12.6
345,904

Assets under management (CHF billion)
Total assets under management 

1,572

1,512

Headcount
Total headcount
of which: Switzerland
of which: Rest of world

Long-term ratings
Moody’s, New York
Fitch / IBCA, London
Standard & Poor’s, New York
BankWatch, New York

55,176
36,638
18,538

48,011
32,706
15,305

Aa1
AAA
AA+
AA

1 For EPS calculation, see Note 10 to the Financial Statements. For this disclosure 1997 is adjusted for impact of restructuring including taxes
thereon.    2 Net profit / (loss) / average shareholders’ equity excluding dividends from parent bank. 1997 loss and shareholders’ equity
adjusted for impact of restructuring including taxes thereon.    3 Net profit / (loss) / average BIS risk-weighted assets. 1997 loss adjusted for
impact of restructuring including taxes thereon.    4 Operating expenses before restructuring / operating income before credit loss expenses
of CHF 951 m in 1998 and CHF 1,278 m in 1997.    5 For BIS ratio calculations, see Note 34e to the Financial Statements.

Contents

Letter to Shareholders

Review of Businesses

UBS Segment Reporting
Private Banking
Warburg Dillon Read
Private and Corporate Clients
UBS Brinson
UBS Capital
Corporate Center

Review of Risk Management and Control

The UBS Risk Framework
Credit Risk
Market Risk
Operational Risks

Review of Asset and Liability Management
Funding and Liquidity Management 
Interest Rate Management
Currency Management
Capital Management

UBS Group Financial Statements

Group Financial Review
Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements
Report of the Group Auditors

UBS AG (Parent Bank)

UBS Corporate Governance

UBS Group Human Resources

Glossary

UBS Share Information

2

7
8
10
14
20
24
28
30

31
32
35
40
42

45
46
46
47
48

49
52
56
60
106

107

117

123

125

129

1

Letter to Shareholders

Dear Shareholders,

– The gain of CHF 1 billion arising from the divest-
ment of BSI-Banca della Svizzera Italiana. This
resulted  from  a  condition  laid  down  by  the
Swiss Competition Commission in the context
of the merger. 

– The provision of CHF 0.8 billion for the settle-
ment reached regarding dormant accounts and
World War II-related claims. 

– Losses on pre-merger positions resulting from
third-quarter market volatility totaling approx-
imately  CHF 1.9  billion  by  the  end  of 1998.
These related  to  the  loss  from  UBS’s  engage-
ment in Long Term Capital Management and
significant  value  adjustments  on  pre-merger
equity derivative positions. 

Analysis of 1998 results

A review of the UBS Group 1998 results leads
to  an  ambivalent  conclusion.  On  the  one  hand,
net  profit  after  tax  and  minorities  of  CHF 3.0
billion  falls  short  of  expectations  and  is  there-
fore disappointing. On the other hand, despite a
highly  unusual  combination  of  very  difficult
events  which  compounded  the  challenge  of  the
merger, the UBS Group made significant progress.
This is clear on closer analysis:
– If adjusted for the non-recurring items set out
above, 1998 net profit would have been CHF
4.4  billion  compared  to  CHF  4.8  billion  for
1997 (excluding the restructuring reserve). This
is  clearly  in  line  with  management’s  expecta-
tions of a 10% decline in net profit as stated in
December 1997.

– Furthermore, if revenues are adjusted for total
non-recurring  third-quarter  losses  and  divest-
ments, then the decline in 1998 was again well
within the 10% decline which had been forecast
at the time of the merger. 

– Finally,  if  total 1998  operating  expenses  are
adjusted  for  the  provision  against  the  settle-
ment  regarding  dormant  accounts  and  the
divestment of BSI, operating expenses declined
by 6%, or about CHF 1.1 billion, year-on-year.
This is better than expectations set out at the
announcement  of  the  merger,  especially  con-
sidering  that  the  merger  only  became  legally
effective in the second half of the year.

Private Banking most significant
contributor to earnings

On  a  divisional  basis,  Private  Banking,  with
a pre-tax  result  of  CHF  4.3  billion,  was  the

With  the  execution  of  the  largest  European
bank merger, 1998 was a year in which UBS firm-
ly shaped its own destiny. 1998 was also a difficult
year  for  the  banking  industry  and  one  in  which
UBS,  in  particular,  was  buffeted  by  an  unusual
combination of exceptional events. The settlement
regarding the role of Swiss banks during and after
World War II, combined with the consequences of
third-quarter 1998  financial  market  turbulence,
had  a  severe  impact  on  UBS’s  otherwise healthy
financial performance. This mixture of events had
a clear impact on the UBS share price, which post-
ed a high of CHF 657 in July 1998 and a low of
CHF  270  only  two  months  later.  In  view  of  the
underlying  strength  of  the  bank,  the  Board  of
Directors  of  UBS  recommends  to  shareholders  a
dividend of CHF 10 per registered share for 1998.
The difficult conditions of 1998 are reflected in
the Group’s results. For 1998, UBS reports a pre-
tax  profit  of  CHF  4.1 billion,  compared  to the
pre-tax profit of CHF 6.2 billion in 1997 (exclud-
ing  the  CHF 7.0  billion  restructuring  provision,
established in the context of the merger). Earn-
ings per share (on a post-tax basis) were down by
around  38%  from  CHF 23.05  in 1997 (again
excluding  the  restructuring  provision)  to  CHF
14.31 in 1998. At the same time, taking into con-
sideration  the  difficult  conditions  in  the  latter
half of the year, UBS still was able to achieve a
respectable return on equity of 10.3%.

The pre-tax impact of the major non-recurring
factors  influencing  UBS’s 1998  result  is  set  out
below: 

2

Letter to Shareholders

most important contributor to the UBS Group’s
result. Its profit was influenced most significant-
ly by the CHF 1 billion divestment proceeds from
the sale of BSI. Operating financial performance
was primarily driven by asset growth due to per-
formance.  However,  we  were  able  to  offset
client attrition arising from the merger to a sig-
nificant  extent  by  successful  marketing,  which
resulted in a net inflow of new assets under man-
agement.  Outside  Switzerland,  Private  Banking
has  completed  the  merger  integration;  domesti-
cally, the full integration of the information tech-
nology platforms is still underway and is expect-
ed  to  be  concluded  in  1999.  Importantly,  the
division  successfully  launched  a  major  initia-
tive to  grow  domestic  private  banking  outside
Switzerland  in  core  markets,  such  as  Germany,
Italy, France, Spain, Australia and Japan. We are
highly  satisfied  with  initial  indications  of  prof-
itability.

Total commitment to investment banking

Warburg Dillon Read, the investment banking
arm of UBS, was naturally most sensitive to the
market turbulence of the third quarter 1998 and
consequently  achieved  a  disappointing  pre-tax
loss of CHF 1 billion. Two factors stand out: part
of the Global Equity Derivatives Portfolio, which
is difficult to hedge and has a potential for signi-
ficant variance, and the losses resulting from our
involvement  with  Long-Term  Capital  Manage-
ment. Excluding these positions, the pre-tax result
would have been a significant reduction from the
1997 result, but in line with industry trends. Here
the demands of the merger should also be borne
in mind.

Warburg Dillon Read successfully implement-
ed  the  merger  with  a  reduction  in  headcount
of approximately  5,000  and  also  undertook  a
strategic  review  towards  the  end  of  the  year  to
refocus the business and reduce the risk profile.
This review confirmed the total commitment of
UBS  to  its  investment  banking  division.  This
commitment is based on the structural attractive-
ness of the market and the distinctive positioning
of Warburg Dillon Read as the leading European
investment bank, as well as the substantial exist-
ing  and  potential  synergies  with  the  other  divi-
sions, most notably Private Banking. The review
called for an alignment of core business activities
with  similar  client  requirements,  risk  character-
istics and logistics needs. Capital-intensive activ-

ities deemed not to be attractive on a risk / return
basis – such as global trade finance, internation-
al lending to clients in excess of revised limits and
certain  segments  of  the  fixed-income  business –
will be reduced. Finally, the review reconfirmed
the course set at the time of the merger to reduce
risk  appetite  with  regard  to  both  market  and
counterparty risk.

Substantial increase in Private and Corporate
Clients profitability in Switzerland

Private  and  Corporate  Clients  contributed
CHF 0.9 billion pre-tax to the Group’s result, up
by  20%  against  restated 1997  results.  For  this
division,  the  year  was  marked  by  intense  and
successful merger integration efforts. Significant
progress was achieved by aligning both predeces-
sor banks’ client services, activities, products and
organizations. Plans to migrate the technical plat-
forms  are  on  track  and  will  be  completed  in
1999, thereby facilitating significant operational
synergies and cost savings. At the same time, risk-
adjusted pricing in the credit area has been imple-
mented and technology-based banking business-
es  have  expanded  significantly,  with  approxi-
mately 160,000 Telebanking (Internet / Videotex)
clients and with 230,000 brokerage transactions
and 14.5 million payment transactions executed
via Telebanking in 1998.

UBS Brinson posts steady growth

UBS Brinson’s pre-tax earnings were up 11%
from  CHF  403  million  to  CHF  448  million
despite the impact of market volatility in 1998.
Positive  results  from  the  UBS  Brinson  business
area  were  to  some  extent  offset  by  a  decline  in
revenue  due  to  short-term  performance  issues
and  a  very  competitive  UK  marketplace  for the
Phillips & Drew business area.

Strong results for UBS Capital

UBS Capital posted pre-tax earnings of CHF
428  million  versus  CHF  381  million  in  1997,
thus continuing  its  excellent  track  record.  This
business  enjoys  significant  synergies  with  both
Private Banking and Warburg Dillon Read and is
well-placed  to  benefit  from  increasing  levels  of
corporate restructuring in Europe.

Logistical challenges

1998  was  a  year  of  logistical  challenges,  the
biggest  of  which  for  UBS  was,  of  course,  the

3

Letter to Shareholders

4

merger. Here we are pleased to confirm that UBS
is absolutely on course: implementation has been
completed  outside  Switzerland  and  further  sub-
stantial  progress  will  be  made  domestically  in
1999. In addition to the merger, the whole bank-
ing industry has been preoccupied with the Euro
and the Year 2000. In the case of the former, UBS
conducted an intensive preparation in the form of
a  number  of  dress  rehearsals  in  November  and
December 1998 resulting in an extremely smooth
introduction  of  the  Euro  in  all  divisions.  With
regard  to  preparations  for  Year  2000,  we  also
made  substantial  progress  in  remediating  and
testing our hardware and software in 1998. We
expect the work on the remaining systems to be
substantially completed by mid-1999. Total
expenditure on the introduction of the Euro and
the Year 2000 amounted to CHF 662 million in
1998.

In  addition  to  managing  merger  integration,
UBS  spent  considerable  effort  in  fine-tuning  its
strategy,  as  outlined  at  the  merger  announce-
ment. 

Strategic overview

Our  strategy  is  based  on  the  following
assumptions: significant financial markets growth
world-wide,  especially  in  Europe  where  we  see
heightened potential for asset gathering and for
European investment banking business. Ongoing
industry  consolidation  and  restructuring  will
favor  industry  leaders,  and  quality  earnings  are
increasingly  at  a  premium  given  heightened
market cyclicality. Finally, technology is becoming
a major driver of business. 

UBS is well-positioned to succeed in such an
environment and has clear leadership aspirations.
We aim to achieve sustainable profitable growth
within  defined  parameters  for  risk,  leading  to
ongoing value creation. We see UBS as managing
its own destiny rather than being shaped by exter-
nal forces and, thus, as being recognized as a role
model for success and quality. We aim to foster a
co-operative,  meritocratic  and  professional  cor-
porate  culture,  which  goes  far  beyond  financial
conglomerate management. 

On  this  basis,  UBS  corporate  strategy  has

developed as follows: 
– Firstly, UBS seeks to position itself as a global
financial institution with the goal of becoming
a leading European asset gathering house. This
will be achieved with all business divisions con-

tributing as part of an integrated business model
leveraging cross-divisional synergies. The main
emphasis  is  on  organic  growth,  facilitated  by
sustained technology investments and comple-
mented by selected acquisitions. At present, we
have  two  major  initiatives  underway:  we  are
building  up  domestic  private  banking  in  key
European  markets  and  are  encouraged  by  the
good  degree  of  success  achieved  already.
Secondly,  we  have  mandated  the  Private  and
Corporate  Clients  Division  to  build  a  techno-
logy-driven  asset  gathering  business,  using
platforms already developed in this business to
expand into major European markets. 

– UBS  is  committed  to  best  practice  in  its  com-
munication  with  shareholders.  In  this  context
we have gone further than many of our com-
petitors  in  providing  indicative  medium-term
earnings  forecasts.  During  the  year,  we  have
revised  our  preliminary  forecast  for  the  year
2002  set  out  at  the  time  of  the  merger  from
earnings per share of approximately CHF 50 to
earnings per share of approximately CHF 45,
representing a net income range of CHF 9 – 10
billion. The main adjustments reflect the lower
risk appetite in and capital allocation to War-
burg Dillon Read. Here a marked reduction in
risk  appetite  and  international  counterparty
risk has already taken place and further reduc-
tions will follow. Importantly, we maintain our
return on equity target of 15%– 20% and our
cost/income target of approximately 60 %.

– UBS is already one of the best capitalized finan-
cial institutions world-wide with a Tier 1 ratio
of 9.8 % at end-1998. This exceeds our target
range  of  8.5% – 9%.  UBS  has  already  made
progress in divesting non-core, capital-intensive
businesses.  Given  our  high  level  of  capitaliza-
tion  and  focused  allocation  of  resources,  we
expect UBS to continue to generate excess cap-
ital. UBS is committed to efficient equity man-
agement, and we see investment in own stock as
an  acceptable  alternative  in  the  absence  of
value-enhancing acquisitions.
In  terms  of  material  events  to  date  in  1999,
jointly
UBS  and  Swiss  Life / Rentenanstalt 
announced the intended termination of their co-
operation agreement on 19 February 1999. This
was a result of growing competition between the
strategies  of  the  two  companies  in  the  area  of
European asset gathering. In this context, UBS’s
25%  stake  in  Swiss  Life / Rentenanstalt  will  be

Letter to Shareholders

acquired by a number of Swiss and international
investors.  Swiss  Life / Rentenanstalt  will  also
acquire  UBS’s  50 %  stake  in  the UBS Swiss Life
joint venture. UBS expects a post-tax gain of CHF
1.2 –1.4 billion from these divestments. The cross
directorships between the two companies will be
relinquished  during  the  course  of  1999.  UBS
does, however, continue to consider the life assur-
ance business as an important component of its
European asset gathering strategy.

In  conclusion,  UBS  is  embarking  upon  1999
tested and strengthened by the events of the pre-
vious  year.  We  are  confident  that  we  are  on
course with our strategy, and we expect a signifi-
cant profit increase which will bring us close to
our return on equity target.

In drawing to a close, we would like to take
this  opportunity  to  thank  our  clients,  staff  and
you, our shareholders, for your support during a
difficult year.

UBS AG

Alex Krauer
Chairman of the Board of Directors

Marcel Ospel
President and Group CEO

5

UBS Presence world-wide

6

Review 
of Businesses

Review of Businesses
UBS Segment Reporting

UBS Segment Reporting

To enable a more mean-

Segment Reporting by Business 1

ingful analysis of UBS’s

results, Group results are

CHF million

Operating income
Less: Credit loss expenses 2

presented on a man-

Total

agement reporting basis.

Consequently, internal

charges and transfer

pricing adjustments have

been reflected in the

Personnel, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Total

Segment performance before tax
Tax expense / (benefit)

Segment performance after tax
Less: Minority interests

Net profit / (loss)

Regulatory equity used (avg)

Assets under management (bn) 3, 4

performance of each busi-

Cost / income (%) 3

Private Banking
12.97

12.98

Warburg Dillon Read
12.97
12.98

7,223
26

7,197

2,605
256

2,861

4,336
737

3,599
0

3,599

1,500

607

46

6,215
59

6,156

2,773
218

2,991

3,165
561

2,604
0

2,604

2,100

610

48

6,987
500

6,487

6,984
524

7,508

( 1,021)
( 306)

( 715)
( 9)

( 706)

10,888
300

10,588

8,714
595

9,309

1,279
213

1,066
0

1,066

13,300

13,600

0

107

0

85

ness. The basis of

the reporting reflects the

management of the

business within the UBS

Group.

8

Purpose

Based on UBS’s Management Accounting, seg-
ment  reporting  provides  accurate  performance
measurements  of  the  UBS  divisions  to  increase
substantially  transparency  and  accountability.
Segment reports follow the organizational struc-
ture  of  UBS.  Therefore,  the  results  reported  are
performance indicators for the UBS divisions.

Accounting Standards
Although segment

reports are based on
Management  Accounting,  they  comply  with
International  Accounting  Standards  (IAS),  and
they  are  also  examined  by  the  UBS’s  auditors,
ATAG  Ernst  & Young AG. Where a different
approach has been applied  in  order  to  increase
transparency,  the  figures  are  fully  reconciled  to
Financial Accounting.

Segment reports disclose additional informa-
tion not required by IAS in order to measure the
performance of the business divisions in a more
accurate way. Examples in this context are: assets
under  management, headcount, and regulatory
equity used.

Basic assumptions

The divisions are treated for this purpose as if
they were autonomous business units. Hence, the
amount of equity capital that would be required
for the divisions operating as separate entities is
attributed to them, and this resource is not free of
funding. (Please see the Review of Asset and Lia-
bility Management Section.)

Inter-segmental  revenues  and  costs  are  allo-
cated  to  the  divisions  based  on  market  prices
or on  service  level  agreements.  Basically,  all
Corporate  Center  costs  are  allocated  to  the
divisions  based  upon  the  concepts  of  benefit
and controllability,  which  are  explained  below.
At the end of the process, the Corporate Center
comprises  all  revenues  and  costs  that  actually
belong  to  the  Corporate  Center  (e.g.  income
from treasury activities or from risk management
and  control),  or  that  cannot  reasonably  be
attributed  to  the  divisions  (e.g.  provisions  for
settlement  reached  in  the  US).  Taxes  are  also
debited (or, in the case of a loss, credited) to the
divisions.

Management Accounting Principles
– Interest  revenues  are  apportioned  across  the
divisions based on the opportunity costs of fun-
ding. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities are re-
financed with the fixed-income business within
Warburg  Dillon  Read  based  on  market  rates.
Revenues relating to balance-sheet products are
calculated  on  a  fully-funded  basis.  Therefore,
there is no free capital. As a result, in the seg-
ment reports, the divisions are credited with the
risk-free  return  on  the  equity  used.  Commis-
sions are credited to the business division with
the corresponding customer relationship.

– In  addition  to  the  direct  costs  of  the  divi-
sions, inter-divisional costs are allocated based
on service level agreements and treated as a cost
reduction in the division providing the service. 

Private & Corporate Clients
12.97

12.98

7,025
1,170

5,855

3,999
948

4,947

908
154

754
0

754

7,005
1,092

5,913

4,305
852

5,157

756
135

621
0

621

8,250

8,600

434

70

398

74

12.98

1,163
0

1,163

608
107

715

448
128

320
0

320

100

531

61

UBS Brinson
12.97

UBS Capital
12.97

12.98

Corporate Center
12.97

12.98

1,040
0

1,040

593
44

637

403
127

276
0

276

50

504

61

585
0

585

152
5

157

428
15

413
0

413

250

0

27

492
0

492

108
3

111

381
2

379
0

379

200

0

23

296
( 745)

1,041

2,085
( 15)

2,070

( 1,029)
317

( 1,346)
4

( 1,350)

6,350

0

n/a

Group Total
12.97

26,158
1,278

12.98

23,279
951

22,328

24,880

16,433
1,825

16,874
1,762

18,258

18,636

4,070
1,045

3,025
( 5)

3,030

6,244
1,395

4,849
16

4,833

518
( 173 )

691

381
50

431

260
357

( 97 )
16

( 113 )

4,150

29,750

28,700

0

n.a.

1,572

1,512

78

71

assets under management are included in both
business  segments.  Custody-only  assets  are
excluded.

– Headcounts  of  the  divisions  include  trainees
and  staff  of  special  management  development
programmes.  Contractors  are  not  part  of  the
figures.

– The allocation of Corporate Center costs to the
business  segments  is  based  upon  concepts  of
benefit  and  controllability.  Basically  the  divi-
sion which controls the process or is responsi-
ble for the logistic bears the costs.

– In  order  to  report  the  relevant  divisional  per-
formance  over  time,  adjusted  expected  loss
figures  are  reported  for  all  business  divisions
rather than the net credit loss expenses as in the
financial  income  statement.  The  statistically-
derived  adjusted  expected  losses  reflect  the
inherent counterparty and country risks in the
respective  portfolios.  The  difference  between
these figures and the financially-booked credit
loss  expense  at  Group  level  is  in  Corporate
Center.  (Please  see  page  36  of  the  Review  of
Risk Management and Control.)

– Taxes  reflect  an  average  effective  tax  rate  for
each division, based on the different geograph-
ical regions in which they operate.

– Equity is allocated to the divisions based on the
average regulatory capital requirement during
the  period.  Utilized  equity  only  is  taken  into
account, and a mark-up of 10 % as a security
margin is added. The remaining equity, mainly
for  real  estate  investments,  as  well  as  excess
capital remains in Corporate Center. (Please see
page  48  in  the  Review  of  Asset  and  Liability
Management.)

– Assets under management include client-related
on-  and  off-balance  sheet  assets.  Where  two
divisions  share  responsibility  for  management
of  the  funds  (such  as  investment  funds),  the

Review of Businesses
UBS Segment Reporting

1 The 1997 results do not
take into account the
merger provision and the
merger impact on taxes.
The net loss of the whole
Group including these items
would be CHF 667 million.
Private Banking and Private
and Corporate Clients
1997 figures were restated
in order to properly reflect
the new client segmentation
(transfer of investment
clients from Private Banking
to Private and Corporate
Clients).    

2 In order to show the rele-
vant divisional performance
over time, adjusted expected
loss figures rather than the
net credit loss expense
are reported for all business
divisions. The statistically
derived adjusted expected
losses reflect the inherent
counterparty and country
risks in the respective port-
folios. The difference
between the statistically
derived adjusted expected
loss figures to the financially
booked net credit loss
expenses at Group level is
reported in the Corporate
Center. For 1997, basically
the same methodology as for
full-year 1998 Segment Re-
porting is applied. Due to the
unavailability of some pre-
merger data, management
estimates were used.

The divisional breakdown
of the net credit loss expense
of CHF 951 million as of
December 1998 is as follows:
Private Banking CHF 48
million,Warburg Dillon Read
CHF 506 million, Private
and Corporate Clients CHF
397 million.    

3 Banca della Svizzera Italiana
not included as at 31
December 1998 (assets
under management CHF 37
billion).

4 UBS Brinson 1998: institu-
tional assets CHF 360 billion,
funds CHF 171 billion.

9

Review of Businesses
Private Banking

Private Banking

The Private Banking

Business Profile / Mission Statement

Division focuses on

comprehensive wealth

management solutions

for high-net-worth

individuals and holds the

leading position in this

highly-fragmented global

market. Size enables

specialization and thus

truly individualized, 

high-quality services. By

leveraging the strengths

and the expertise of

the whole UBS Group,

the Private Banking

Division can offer an

extraordinary range

of services and financial

products, the breadth

and depth of which hardly

can be found anywhere

With  CHF  607  billion  in  assets  under  man-
agement (AuM), UBS holds the leading position
in  the  global  private  banking  industry.  The  Pri-
vate Banking Division focuses on comprehensive
wealth management solutions for high-net-worth
individuals. Its mission is to deliver outstanding
advice and execution in financial matters world-
wide  to  wealthy  private  individuals  and  to  the
intermediaries serving them.

Size  enables  the  Private  Banking  Division  to
offer  truly  individual  services:  through  size,  the
division can cater to the specific needs of client
segments and markets. The client advisor is cen-
tral to the delivery of services to our clients. He
or she manages the relationship and is the main
advisor  for  clients.  The  focus  on  the  long-term
client  relationship  is  in  line  with  the  division’s
emphasis on the lifetime value of our client rela-
tions rather than short-term revenue.

The four core services, or “product lines”, of
the Private Banking Division – Portfolio Manage-
ment,  Active  Advisory  Team,  Investment  Funds
and Financial Planning and Wealth Management
– provide the building blocks of the Private Bank-
ing  services.  Further  strengths  are  derived  from
our position as an integral part of the UBS Group:
The division leverages the financial strength and
capital of the UBS Group, the wide and sophisti-
cated product range of Warburg Dillon Read, the
asset management expertise of UBS Brinson and
the  technological  and  physical  infrastructure  of
Private and Corporate Clients in Switzerland.

Employing 7,634 people, the Private Banking
Division is represented through 78 branches and
subsidiaries in Switzerland and around the world
(excluding Representative Offices). 

else in the world.

Review of Divisional Results 

During  a  challenging  year  which  included
merger  integration  and  extraordinarily  volatile
market conditions in the third quarter, the Private
Banking  Division  demonstrated  consistent  and
stable earnings power. Private Banking was able
to  minimize  the  potentially  significant  risks  of
client  defections  identified  at  the  time  of  the
merger, and was much less negatively affected by
events in the third quarter than the market in gen-
eral.  Market  turmoil  had  no  lasting  impact  on

performance  of  the  division  and  the  managed
portfolios.

Pre-tax profit for 1998 was CHF 4.3 billion,
up 37% from 1997. (1998 and 1997 results were
restated  to  take  into  consideration  the  effect  of
interdivisional  client  business  transfers.)  1998
pre-tax  profit  was  impacted  by  divestments.
Eliminating the impact of divestments, net profit
before tax went up by 4%, year-on-year. Assets
under management (also adjusted for divestments)
grew 6% to CHF 607 billion over end-1997.

Operating income 

Net operating income (after credit loss expens-
es)  increased  by  17%  to  CHF  7.2  billion  from
CHF 6.2 billion in 1997. This included CHF 1.4
billion (sales proceeds and operating revenues) in
divestments,  including  BSI-Banca  della  Svizzera
Italiana and Adler & Co. Ltd.

Personnel, general and 
administrative expenses 

Operating  expenses  before  depreciation  and
amortization decreased by 6% to CHF 2.6 billion
from CHF 2.8 billion in 1997. As with operating
income,  expenses  were  affected  by  divestments.
Eliminating the personnel, general and adminis-
trative expenses associated with the normal oper-
ations of divestments, expenses decreased 1% to
CHF 2.5 billion in 1998.

The major shift in Private Banking headcount
in 1998 took place in Switzerland. The sale of BSI
led to a reduction of 802. Headcount figures for
Switzerland per end of 1998 amounted to 5,092
(including  Private  Banks).  Outside  Switzerland
staff for the Private Banking Division are in the
following  geographic  areas  –  Rest  of  Europe
1,278, the Americas 629 and Asia / Pacific 635.

Depreciation and amortization / taxes 

Depreciation  and  amortization  increased  by
17% to CHF 256 million in 1998, whereas taxes
increased from CHF 561 million in 1997 to CHF
737 million in 1998, in line with the pre-tax results. 

Assets under management

Despite  the  merger  and  volatile  markets,  the
Private  Banking  Division  achieved  a  net  AuM
inflow. The inflow of new money from new and
existing  clients  exceeded  client  defections  and
withdrawals  by  CHF  8  billion.  While  market
developments in the third quarter interrupted the

10

Review of Businesses
Private Banking

1997

Change (%)

6,215
59

6,156

2,773
218

2,991

3,165
561

2,604
0

2,604

2,100

48

610

7,862
5,859
2,003

16
)
(56 )

17

)
(6 )
17

)
(4 )

37
31

38
–

38

(29 )

0

(3 )
(13 )
27

1998

2,088
5,135

7,223
26

7,197

2,605
256

2,861

4,336
737

3,599
0

3,599

1,500

46

607

7,634
5,092
2,542

CHF million

Private banks 1
Other business areas

Total operating income
Less: Credit loss expenses

Assets under Management
Development

CHF billion

0
1
6

0
4
–

s
t
n
e
m
t
s
e
v
i
D

8
+

y
e
n
o
m
w
e
n

l

a
t
o
T

5
3
6 +
–

7
0
6

Total

e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P

s
t
c
e
f
f
e

y
c
n
e
r
r
u
C

Personnel, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Total

Segment performance before tax
Tax expense / (benefit)

Segment performance after tax
Less: Minority interests

Total 31.12.97

Total 31.12.98

Net profit / (loss)

Regulatory equity used (avg)

Cost / income in % 2

Assets under management (bn)

Headcount
of which: Switzerland
of which: Rest of world

Assets under Management
Advisory vs. Discretionary

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

25%

23%

75%

77%

31.12.98

31.12.97

1997 Total: CHF 610 billion1
1998 Total: CHF 607 billion

Discretionary
Advisory

1 Before 1998 divestments of 
CHF 40 billion

Assets under Management 
by Currency 

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

26%

22%

6%

29%

17%

30%

21%

  5%

27%

17%

31.12.98

31.12.97

1997 Total: CHF 610 billion1
1998 Total: CHF 607 billion

CHF
DEM
GBP

USD
Others

1 Before 1998 divestments of 
CHF 40 billion

1 Includes sales profit and operating income from divested companies.    2 Before credit loss expense.

positive development in AuM performance over
the first half of the year, positive fourth-quarter
performance helped to yield a full-year increase
in AuM attributable to performance and curren-
cies of CHF 29 billion. 

AuM at Private Banking were also affected by
divestments, which accounted for a reduction of
CHF 40 billion in AuM. Eliminating these items,
assets under management grew by CHF 37 billion
and stood at CHF 607 billion at year-end 1998.

As can be seen from the accompanying graph,
25% of Private Banking’s AuM portfolio is in dis-
cretionary  AuM,  a  proportion  which  has  been
increasing over time and which generates higher
levels of fee and commission income. The distri-
bution of asset classes between accounts, bonds,
mutual funds, and equities is well spread. Alloca-
tion  of  AuM  among  the  major  currencies  as  of
31 December 1998 was weighted more strongly
towards the USD, DEM and GBP, while the CHF
portion declined below the USD. 

Looking  to  the  development  of  AuM,  we
expect the following trends as clients continue to
seek higher returns, and in line with our strategy
to strengthen our business in the domestic private
banking markets outside of Switzerland: 
– an increasing proportion of discretionary AuM 
– a movement out of deposit accounts into higher-

yielding products

– market  growth  that  is  higher  in  the  domestic
private banking markets than in the traditional
international private banking markets.

Merger and Other Initiatives in 1998

Merger on track and successful

In Switzerland, the merger is moving ahead as
planned.  The  new  management  structure  was
announced in early 1998. Unified services and a
new price structure were introduced at the offi-
cial merger date on 29 June 1998. 

The  client  segmentation  process  is  on  track
and  the  transfer  of  client  business  between  the
Private  Banking  and  Private  and  Corporate
Clients is well underway. UBS is very careful to
extend every effort in meeting our clients needs
during this transfer process, which we expect to
be completed by the end of 1999. Client segmen-
tation  will  enable  Private  Banking  to  become
more focused on the clients’ needs and to dedicate
additional resources to selected segments of high-
net-worth individuals. 

The  migration  process,  i.e.  the  transfer  of
data to  one  new  IT  platform,  was  successfully
completed  in  the  main  international  centers
(New  York,  Singapore,  Hong  Kong,  London).
In Switzerland,  the  size  and  complexity  of  the

11

 
 
 
Review of Businesses
Private Banking

Assets under Management
by Asset Class 

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

  9%

26%

32%

16%

17%

  8%

24%

34%

19%

15%

31.12.98

31.12.97

1997 Total: CHF 610 billion1
1998 Total: CHF 607 billion

Accounts
Equities
Bonds

UBS mutual 
funds
Others

1 Before 1998 divestments of 
CHF 40 billion

Definition: Equities and Bonds
exclude UBS mutual funds. UBS
mutual funds include UBS investment
funds, UBS fund account and UBS
Brinson and Warburg Dillon Read
Funds. Others include Money Market,
UBS Medium-term Notes, Derivatives,
other mutual funds not managed by
UBS, and Metals.

UBS Investment Funds 
Development
Swiss-authorized funds only

CHF billion

3
5
1

8
3 +
–

5
7
1

y
c
n
e
r
r
u
C

e
c
n
a
m
r
o
f
r
e
P

7
1
+

w
o
l
f
n

i

y
e
n
o
m

t
e
N

31.12.97

31.12.98

business required a much higher degree of prep-
aration.  After  several  test  runs  were  success-
fully concluded,  the  full  migration  is  planned
to take  place  in  five  steps  in  the  first  half  of
1999.

Private  Banking  recognized  clearly  from  the
outset of the merger that some client defections
would occur. This risk was taken very seriously,
and  therefore  careful  monitoring  and  focused
management processes were put in place. Client
defections could obviously not be completely pre-
vented, but the risk was successfully mitigated. As
a  result,  the  inflow  of  new  AuM  substantially
exceeded AuM losses from client defections, and
the same applies to the number of clients. 

The new business model

The  Private  Banking  Division  has  used  the
merger as an opportunity to develop a new busi-
ness  model  to  better  serve  an  increasingly
demanding client base in a more efficient manner: 
– The merger provided the unique opportunity to
create a large and very targeted client segment of
high-net-worth individuals. The client advisors
are principally organized by respective markets,
which allows them a higher level of client focus.
Flexible new “client servicing teams” can now
be assembled to bring together the highest level
of  customized  expertise  to  meet  our  clients’
increasingly sophisticated needs.

– Tightened focus on the operations surrounding
our core products and services will increase our
efficiency in engineering and executing sophis-
ticated  individual  wealth  management  solu-
tions. It is this “vertical integration” of the busi-
ness that will allow us to achieve economies of
scale and scope.

– The new business area encompassing six Private
Banks in Switzerland operating under their own
names continues to offer an alternative to those
clients  that  are  attracted  by  the  individual
atmosphere and service of a small Private Bank,
while  they  will  benefit  from  the  backing  and

support of one of the world’s largest and best-
capitalized banks. 

– Following  a  “no-redundancy  principle”,  Pri-
vate  Banking  is  becoming  more  efficient  by
leveraging off the specific divisional competen-
cies  highlighted  through  an  integrated  UBS
Group  concept.  This  gives  UBS  a  significant
advantage against the competition. 

– Private Banking’s performance incentive systems
are  increasingly  designed  to  reward  entrepre-
neurial talent and initiative within the division.

Investment funds business

As a result of the merger, UBS has become the
number one fund provider both in Europe and in
Switzerland.  At  the  end  of  1998,  assets  under
management of UBS Investment Funds amounted
to CHF 175.2 billion, an increase of 14.7% for
the year. Product owners of mutual funds in the
UBS  Group  are  Private  Banking,  UBS  Brinson
and Warburg Dillon Read. Private and Corporate
Clients offers Private Banking Division’s mutual
fund  product  range  to  its  clients.  “UBS  Invest-
ment Funds” is the label for the Private Banking
Division’s core range of public open-end mutual
funds.

During  the  course  of  the  year,  we  simplified
our administration structure in Switzerland and
in  Luxembourg  by  reducing  operations  to  one
company in each location. Further fund activities
–  administration  and / or  local  and  regional  dis-
tribution of our funds within the bank and with
third parties – are dealt with by our fund units in
Germany,  Italy,  Jersey,  the  USA,  the  Cayman
Islands, Japan, Taiwan and Hong Kong.

In  addition,  we  have  re-calibrated  and
renamed a number of funds, and we made inten-
sive preparations for the merging of the funds of
the two former banks. These mergings will come
into  effect  in  1999,  when  we  adapt  our  fund
range  to  the  introduction  of  the  Euro.  It  is  our
aim  to  implement  these  changes  in  a  customer-
friendly manner and as swiftly as possible.

Major Awards Won by UBS Investment Funds in 1998

Award

Best Overall Management Group over 5 years
Best Bond Management Group over 5 years
48 different awards for individual funds 
in their respective fund categories or markets

Source

Standard & Poor’s, Micropal
Standard & Poor’s, Micropal

Standard & Poor’s, Micropal, Lipper, BOPP ISB

12

 
 
UBS Investment Funds 
by Fund Category
Swiss-authorized funds only

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

20%

26%

24%

20%

  7%
  3%

16%

33%

26%

17%
  5%
  3%

The risk-controlled management style of our
portfolio managers has led to consistently good
performance  results  which  is  demonstrated  by
a high  number  of  awards  given  to  our  funds.
The transparent fee structure (all-in-fee) and the
clear positioning of our fund range has enhanced
its  attractiveness  to  the  investing  community  at
large.

Strategic Initiatives

31.12.98

31.12.97

A holistic, client-oriented model

1997 Total: CHF 153 billion
1998 Total: CHF 175 billion

Asset allocation funds
Money market funds
Bond funds
Equity funds
Capital preservation funds
Real estate funds1

1 UBS has a 50% interest in the SIP Real
1 estate funds

The private banking industry is undergoing fun-
damental changes. Traditional private banking
client preferences of security and stability are giving
way to demands for more sophisticated and per-
formance-oriented solutions which are far-reaching
in nature. Thus, comprehensive wealth manage-
ment solutions in the client’s own market are mov-
ing towards the forefront of client preferences.

Two  initiatives  have  developed  from  these
trends. First, we are looking at a wider and deep-
er penetration of our services and products into
our  existing  client  base.  We  aim  to  extend  our
services and products to better cover our clients’
total  net  wealth  through  comprehensive  wealth
management solutions. By the same token, we are
seeking to meet our clients’ customized, sophisti-
cated needs by developing individualized servic-
es, and additionally by utilizing Warburg Dillon
Read  as  an  essential  supplier  of  an  expanded
range of advanced products. 

Second, the Private Banking Division is com-
mitted  to  a  strategy  of  developing  the  domestic
private  banking  market  outside  of  Switzerland.
This strategy will allow us not only to tap money
previously  inaccessible  to  us,  but  also  to  tap
money flowing back to, or no longer flowing out
of,  those  markets.  Therefore,  value  creation  is
entirely accretive to the current core franchise of

Review of Businesses
Private Banking

Swiss private banking, which is intact and which
we will aggressively preserve with major invest-
ments in people and in technology.

Balancing  organic  growth  in  various  com-
petitively-fragmented markets against a number
of select acquisitions around the world, Private
Banking  is  on  course  to  increase  significantly
AuM  and  revenues  from  the  domestic  private
banking  business  outside  of  Switzerland.  Prof-
itable  domestic  businesses  already  exist  in
the UK, US and Canada. Our start-ups in Italy
and  Japan  are  progressing  better  than  planned
and so is the conversion in Germany (Schröder
Münchmeyer  Hengst  AG)  and  in  Australia
(Potter Warburg Securities Ltd.). Our offices in
Spain opened just after year-end 1998, and the
ones in France are ready to come on-line as soon
as regulatory approval is achieved. Private Bank-
ing 
to  commit  substantial
resources  in terms  of  management’s  time  and
investment capital to achieve significant growth
of  the  domestic  businesses,  as  we  view  these
strategies  as  essential  to  achieving  sustained
profitability  in the  private  banking  industry  in
the  medium term.  In  addition  Private  Banking
will continue to analyze a range of select acquisi-
tion opportunities. The Group’s potential acqui-
sition  budget  is  mainly  focused  on  Private
Banking.

is  determined 

Outlook

We expect organic growth of AuM in our new
domestic units outside of Switzerland, as well as
from  selected  acquisitions  in  targeted  markets.
Due to start-up costs, however, their net contri-
bution  will  remain  limited.  Thus,  the  Private
Banking Division expects to grow 1999 net prof-
it by expansion of its business, improved servic-
es and the synergy effects of the merger.

13

Review of Businesses
Warburg Dillon Read

Warburg Dillon Read

Warburg Dillon Read

Business Profile / Mission 

has established itself as

the leading European

investment bank and the

most truly international

of the global top tier.

Following the merger and

the market turbulence

of the third quarter, the

division reassessed all

its business activities and

designated those on

which it would focus

going forward. Manage-

ment believes that

these businesses have

sustainable competitive

advantages and can

be operated to serve the

global client base in a

manner which enhances

the considerable franchise

of Warburg Dillon Read.

14

Warburg Dillon Read is the investment bank-
ing division of the UBS Group. Delivering debt
and  equity  financing,  advisory  services,  global
research, securities and foreign exchange execu-
tion, and risk management services to major cor-
porations, 
institutions,  and  public  entities
around  the  world,  Warburg  Dillon  Read  has
established itself as the leading European invest-
ment  bank  among  the  top  tier  of  investment
banks globally. 

Warburg Dillon Read is a “narrowly defined”
investment  bank  compared  to  its  major  global
competitors. This is because some of the elements
generally found in a broader investment bank –
private  clients,  institutional  asset  management,
and private equity – reside within the other divi-
sions of UBS. In addition to its role as franchise
manager within the Group for institutions, cor-
porations  and  sovereigns,  a  significant  function
of  Warburg  Dillon  Read  is  providing  products,
execution and transaction processing to the other
asset gathering activities of UBS. Warburg Dillon
Read clearly focuses on both its external clients
and its very substantial internal clients, providing
each  category  with  the  same  professional  prod-
ucts and services. The cost savings for the Group
are significant.

Our “home markets”, meaning those in which
we are in the very top few firms in advisory, pri-
mary issuance, research, and secondary sales and
trading, are the UK, Switzerland and Australia. In
the United States and Japan, cross-border trans-
actional  flows  are  our  mainstay.  At  the  same
time, with a listed equity market share of over 2%
in  the  United  States,  we  also  have  significant
domestic presence in secondary sales and trading
of securities in the largest of the world’s market-
places  and  a  very  credible  presence  in  domestic
advisory and debt and equity underwriting. 

Achieving a position among the global top tier
of  investment  banks  with  this  business  mix
demonstrates  that  Warburg  Dillon  Read  is  the
most truly international of the leading investment
banks. While some competitors list the pursuit of
international opportunities as part of their strat-
egy, we consider every undertaking, wherever the
location, to be part of our single global business.
It is difficult to define the international element of
our  business  given  that  no  one  nationality
accounts for more than 25% of our employees.

Review of Results

Business priorities

Warburg  Dillon  Read  generated  a  post-tax
loss  of  CHF  706  million  in  1998,  following  a
profit of CHF 1.1 billion in 1997.

After an excellent first half in 1998, we expe-
rienced a very difficult third quarter, as did many
competitors. As  reported  in  the  Review  of  Risk
Management  and  Control  Section  on  pages
33–35, principal  contributors  to  this  were  the
exposure  to  the  hedge  fund  Long  Term  Capital
Management  (LTCM)  and  the  positions  in  the
Global  Equity  Derivatives  portfolio  which pre-
dated the merger. Warburg Dillon Read’s pre-tax
losses on these were CHF 793 million and CHF
762 million, respectively, in 1998. The Review of
Risk Management and Control Section summa-
rizes the remaining exposure to these positions.

Other  contributors  to  the  poor  third-quarter
performance were more within our control. These
included losses on structural positions such as short
Swiss  equity  volatility  in  the  longer  maturities.
Although a good job had been done in decreasing
this position between the merger and the time of the
market turmoil, it still was a large exposure which
proved costly. This particular exposure, an adjunct
to the large role that we fulfill in the Swiss market,
can be expected to suffer during market disloca-
tions. However, we expect our role to be reward-
ing over the cycle, and much of the third-quarter
loss was recouped during the fourth quarter.

We also experienced losses on credit exposures
in tradable assets and the loan portfolio in Russia
and  other  emerging  markets.  These  losses,  cou-
pled with the view that the changed market envi-
ronment would have more long-lasting repercus-
sions, caused Warburg Dillon Read’s senior man-
agement to conduct a fundamental review of the
division’s  business  activities  and  priorities,  with
particular emphasis on the Fixed Income Area. 

Each  of  the  major  business  activities  was
assessed  as  to  whether  it  was  supportive  of  the
franchise  of  Warburg  Dillon  Read  or  the  UBS
Group  and  whether  it  could  be  justified  on  an
expected  risk / return  basis. Activities  meeting
both requirements were designated as core busi-
nesses of Warburg Dillon Read. Those activities
failing one or both tests were identified for exit or
designated  as  non-core.  Non-core  businesses,
while remaining within Warburg Dillon Read for
financial  reporting,  are  being  run  down  or  dis-

Revenues by Region (1998)

14%

20%

CHF million

Corporate finance
Equities
Fixed income
Treasury products

Total operating income
Less: Credit loss expenses

Total

Personnel, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization

66%

Total

Segment performance before tax
Tax expense / (benefit)

Segment performance after tax
Less: Minority interests

Europe
Americas
Asia/Pacific

Revenues by Client Type (1998)

6%

Net profit / (loss)

Regulatory equity used (avg)
Return on equity

Cost / income in % 1

Headcount
of which: Switzerland
of which: Rest of world

1 Before credit loss expense.

1998

1,665
2,572
399
2,351

6,987
500

6,487

6,984
524

7,508

(1,021)
(306)

(715)
(9)

(706)

13,300
(5)

107

13,794
2,502
11,292

Review of Businesses
Warburg Dillon Read

1997

Change (%)

10,888
300

10,588

8,714
595

9,309

1,279
213

1,066
0

1,066

13,600
8

85

18,620
3,304
15,316

(36 )
67

(39 )

(20 )
(12 )

(19 )

(180 )
(244 )

(167 )

(166 )

(2 )
(168 )

(26 )
(24 )
(26 )

39%

55%

posed  of  as  appropriate  and  prudent. The  core
businesses of Warburg Dillon Read are deemed to
have sustainable competitive advantages, and we
expect  to  operate  them  profitably  so  as  to  pro-
duce shareholder-value-enhancing returns.

Activities  identified  for  rapid  position  run-

down and exit include:
– Commodities  Trading  (Energy,  Base  Metals,

Institutional
Corporates
Government/Supranational organizations

Revenue by 
Type of Activity (1998)

Electricity)

– Project Finance
– Non-structured Asset-backed Finance
– Conduit Finance
– Lease Finance
– Distressed Debt Trading

1%

24%

75%

Customer
Market making
Proprietary

Also, two activities have been designated non-
core  and  will  be  operated  separately  from  our
main businesses. These are:
– Those  loans  and  commitments  which  are  not
part of the tradable asset portfolio (loan trad-
ing), not issued in conjunction with the Lever-
aged Finance business or which are in excess of
the limits for credit exposure to our clients. The
non-core loan portfolio will be separated from
the  core  activities  of  Warburg  Dillon  Read.  It
will be managed to zero in an economically sen-
sible fashion.

– Global  Trade  Finance  which,  while  operating
successfully, is a business that with the excep-
tion of the Swiss corporate business is not core

to  any  division  of  UBS.  Various  strategic  and
operational  alternatives  for  this  business  are
being investigated which will ensure that client
service is maintained.
Additionally, those risks of the Global Equity
Derivatives book which we do not consider part
of the core activities of Equities will be managed
by  Warburg  Dillon  Read  under  an  agreement
with  Corporate  Center.  Note  that  this  does  not
mean that we are ceasing all Global Equities Deriv-
atives dealing. In fact, we have enhanced our abil-
ity to meet the risk management needs of clients
by  establishing  a  team  that  delivers  solutions
across both equity and interest rate products. We
believe  that  this  activity  can  be  operated  pru-
dently to yield attractive risk-adjusted returns. 

Results

Warburg  Dillon  Read  generated  a  post-tax

loss of CHF 706 million in 1998. 

Excluding the losses of CHF 793 million from
LTCM  and  CHF  762  million  on  the  Global
Equity Derivatives Portfolio reported under the
business areas Fixed Income and Equities respec-
tively,  Warburg  Dillon  Read  would  have  pub-
lished a pre-tax profit which was disappointing
but in line with industry trends. In this context
the demands of the merger should also be borne
in mind.

15

Review of Businesses
Warburg Dillon Read

Headcount by Region (1998)

19%

27%

54%

Total: 13,794 employees

Europe
Americas
Asia/Pacific

Equity Analysts by Region (1998)

30%

49%

21%

Total: 546 analysts

Europe
Americas
Asia/Pacific

16

Corporate Finance exceeded expectations, as
a  result  of  high  levels  of  M&A  activity  and  a
record amount of business in equity and equity-
linked issues.

Equities, after a strong first half, experienced
a difficult trading background in the second half,
when  extreme  levels  of  volatility  were  encoun-
tered. High levels of commission and income on
new issues were achieved.

Fixed Income revenues were depressed prima-
rily by losses in Russia and other emerging mar-
kets. Very healthy primary bond activity driven
by  Warburg  Dillon  Read’s  strong  placing  capa-
bilities was offset by other activities performing
marginally below expectation.

Treasury Products performed well in 1998. An
exceptional Short Term Interest Rates result, large-
ly due to an efficient implementation of centralized
netting, was partially offset by proprietary foreign
exchange losses and low Precious Metals revenues.
Proprietary  trading,  owing  both  to  poor
results  in  1998  and  our  strategic  de-emphasis
over the last few years, made a negligible contri-
bution to total revenues in 1998. 

Personnel, general and administrative expens-
es have benefited from a faster reduction in head-
count than anticipated and a consequent reduc-
tion in personnel and related costs.

Depreciation  and  amortization  costs  include
the  write-down  of  goodwill  in  investments  in
emerging markets ventures following the strate-
gic  review  of  Warburg  Dillon  Read’s  businesses
and markets.

Non-core

The Non-Core Loan portfolio and the Global
Trade  Finance  business  together  generated  rev-
enues of CHF 388 million and profit before tax
of CHF 54 million, and utilized regulatory equi-
ty of approximately CHF 3 billion.

Significant Events in 1998

Merger impact

The  merger  of  Swiss  Bank  Corporation  and
Union  Bank  of  Switzerland  had  a  significant
impact on the investment banking business, owing
to an extensive product / service overlap in the two
organizations. This resulted in a rationalization of
enormous magnitude.Although not without some
extremely difficult interim patches, these rational-

izations  all  were  identified  and  the  investment
banking merger accomplished in 1998. 

Headcount, which totaled 18,620 in the two in-
vestment banking activities at the time of the merg-
er announcement, stood at13,794 at year-end 1998.
As a result of the merger, Warburg Dillon Read
can point to an enhanced position in a number of
areas compared to that enjoyed by either prede-
cessor  firm.  In  the  Americas,  combining  the
respective  operations  improved  the  platform
substantially;  inter  alia  our  research  coverage
increased to over 70% of the S&P 500 compa-
nies. In Europe the merger reinforced the leading
position in Equities which Warburg Dillon Read
previously enjoyed. Globally, our distribution and
origination power was markedly enhanced.

The review of business priorities discussed pre-
viously also led to a realignment of core activities
among the newly-defined business areas of Trea-
sury Products and Equities & Fixed Income. The
former  includes  all  our  foreign  exchange  busi-
nesses, both spot and derivatives, as well as our
short-term interest rate and repo activities. Equi-
ties & Fixed Income includes both our Equity and
Fixed Income businesses, including derivatives. 

The alignment of our product areas into these
main  groupings  was  driven  primarily  by  com-
monality  of  clients,  logistics  requirements,  and
risk characteristics. For example, Treasury Prod-
ucts  encompasses  markets  which  are  generally
the most commoditized, which present the great-
est  opportunity  for  creating  automated  delivery
paths  to  link  individual  market  makers  with
clients and which most depend on processing and
pricing efficiency to be competitive.

LTCB joint venture

In the first half of 1998, Warburg Dillon Read
launched  a  joint  investment  banking  venture  in
Japan with the Long-Term Credit Bank of Japan,
Ltd.  (LTCB),  as  envisaged  under  the  alliance
between  Swiss  Bank  Corporation  and  LTCB
announced  in  1997. Unfortunately,  against  the
backdrop of a deepening banking crisis in Japan,
LTCB subsequently became the first bank to be
nationalized  under  new  government  legislation.
Under  these  extraordinary  circumstances,  it
proved necessary for Warburg Dillon Read to ter-
minate the alliance and to negotiate the buy-out
of LTCB’s interests in the joint venture. Warburg
Dillon  Read  then  re-launched  successfully  our
wholly-owned investment banking businesses in

Review of Businesses
Warburg Dillon Read

Japan under the Warburg Dillon Read brand, a
business  which  secured  and  continues  to  enjoy
significant economic benefits from the alliance in
terms of goodwill and business flows. 

Logistics, Euro and Year 2000

The  logistical  requirements  created  by  the
merger were enormous for Warburg Dillon Read.
As  noted  elsewhere  in  this  Financial  Report,  an
early decision was made to adopt within Switzer-
land  the  systems  platform  of  Union  Bank  of
Switzerland and elsewhere in the world the plat-
form of SBC Warburg Dillon Read. This decision
permitted a rapid focusing on the necessary migra-
tions and enabled financial reporting and risk con-
trol to operate effectively as early as the first day
following the effective legal merger. As noted, inte-
gration  of  the  infrastructure  in  Switzerland  is
ongoing and is planned to be completed in 1999. 
In the face of the many “run the business” logis-
tical requirements spawned by the merger, we are
pleased to be able to report that these requirements
were managed without a loss of focus on the Euro
and  Year  2000  programs.  The  Euro  preparation
concluded  successfully  when  all  Warburg  Dillon
Read activities were able to function as expected
after the critical year-end conversion weekend. Our
top  priority  remains  to  complete  the  Year  2000
program equally successfully in 1999.

Strategic Initiatives

Although Warburg Dillon Read’s 1998 results
were unsatisfactory in purely financial terms, as
the  above  review  shows,  the  impact  of  the
extraordinary  items  should  not  obscure  some
significant  accomplishments  that  provide  confi-
dence going forward.

Proven strengths

Augmented  by  the  merger,  our  Equities  busi-
ness ranks among the top firms globally and con-
tinued to win accolades for both research and exe-
cution. It will continue to provide full service to
the  major  investing  institutions  of  the  world
across all equity markets with any significance for
asset allocation. The strength of this global base
will enable our business to grow in the US at least
as fast as US competitors are growing in Europe.
In  equity-linked  primary  issuance  (convert-
ibles) Warburg Dillon Read was the global leader

in 1998 by a wide margin. The division was num-
ber  two  across  both  equity  and  equity-linked
issuance, including US domestic activity. 

The  accomplishments  of  our  Equity  Capital
Markets Group reflect both the global reach and
sector  strengths  of  our  partnered  Corporate
Finance  and  Equities  businesses.  We  intend  to
expand these capabilities by investing selectively
in global sectors, with emphasis on the US, when-
ever skilled analysts and bankers can be found to
complement existing strengths.

Our sector strengths also are apparent in the
continuing successes of our advisory franchises.
Our  Corporate  Analysis  and  Structuring  Team
augments  this  by  providing  a  market-driven
approach to the analysis of debt / equity structur-
ing that is unique in the industry. 

We have maintained our long standing leader-
ship  in  Eurobonds  by  topping  the  league  tables
for the eighth consecutive year. The main area of
expansion  will  now  be  the  Euro-zone  markets.
We already lead our home markets, and we are
the  top  European  securities  house  in  primary
issues. 

A priority of our Fixed Income business is to
use  capital  more  efficiently,  thus  supporting  the
division’s aim of reducing its capital requirement.
To this end, the Fixed Income business will seek to
act primarily as an intermediary rather than as a
principal, by exploiting its portfolio management
capabilities  in  both  loan  and  security  products
and by leveraging its growing credit distribution
capabilities, which include credit derivatives.

Corporate  Finance  and  Fixed  Income  are
active in two “joint ventures”. The first is Lever-
aged finance, a business area that, although large-
ly US-based today, holds much promise in Europe
with its nascent high-yield markets. This initiative
is supported by investment in high-yield research.
The second joint venture, the Debt Capital Mar-
kets Group, covers the marketing, origination and
structuring of all products in this category. Both
joint ventures are well positioned to capitalize on
the  opportunities  afforded  by  the  developing
Euro-based, pan-European capital markets. 

In their more commoditized marketplace, our
Treasury  Products  businesses  continue  to  take
the  role  of  market  maker  and  lead  liquidity
provider. Efficiencies from electronic price distri-
bution and deal capture are increasingly impor-
tant. We will continue to build upon established
platforms. 

17

Review of Businesses
Warburg Dillon Read

18

Challenges

With  the  division’s  resources  and  focus  on
core businesses, we believe that we can compete
successfully  with  the  industry  leaders  in  most
markets  for  most  products  around  the  globe.
The  key  challenges  lie  in  certain  areas  of  the
US marketplace  and  the  Euro-zone,  notably  in
Germany.

We  further  believe  that  our  aims  are  achiev-
able  without  a  corporate-level  acquisition  and
that  at  most  we  will  enhance  our  capabilities
selectively by adding a few small teams. We will
focus  on  serving  our  corporate  and  sovereign
client bases and on achieving top-three supplier
status with an expanded number of major insti-
tutional investors.

These plans can be accomplished while assum-
ing less risk than either of our predecessor firms.
We have already reached our reduced market risk
target,  having  operated  in  recent  months  far
below our VaR limit, which was down to CHF

600 million at the 1998 year-end. Counterparty
risk fell significantly during 1998 and will con-
tinue to decline at the same pace or faster in 1999.
In  Warburg  Dillon  Read,  as  in  other  invest-
ment  banks,  the  logistics  functions  are  increas-
ingly important to productivity and competitive-
ness. These functions account for a growing pro-
portion  of  total  production  and  distribution
costs.  The  trend  is  most  pronounced  for  stan-
dardized  products  with  their  heavy  reliance  on
efficient operations and technology, but the same
tendency is apparent in all product and distribu-
tion activities. We are looking for improved com-
petitiveness from enhanced processes implement-
ed  through  more  efficient  partnerships  between
the business and the logistics functions.

Increasingly we think successful exploitation
of the Internet will be a prerequisite for success
in  investment  banking.  Within  Warburg  Dillon
Read, Internet efforts are focused on clients and
distribution, trading and risk management, pro-

1998 Warburg Dillon Read Selected Awards

Corporate Finance Magazine
Top Banks of the Year
– Investment Bank of the Year
– Equity-Linked House of the Year

Corporate Finance Magazine
Deals of the Year
– Equity-Linked Offering of the Year – Swiss Life GEMMS
– Equity-Linked Offering of the Year – Bell Atlantic 

(runner-up)

– Equity Offering (Privatization) of the Year – Swisscom
– Syndicated Loan Deal of the Year – GEC 
– Buyout of the Year – Investcorp / Watmoughs & BPC 

Euromoney 
Poll of Polls
Overall winner of the Poll of Polls
– No.1 Underwriting
– No.1 Trading
– No.1 Advisory

Euromoney 
Awards for Excellence
– Best Eurobond Trading House 

(4th consecutive year)

– Best Securities Firm in Western Europe 

(5th consecutive year)

– Best Securities Firm in the UK 

(2nd consecutive year)

– Best Securities Firm in Switzerland 

(4th consecutive year)

– Best Foreign Securities House in the US 

(2nd consecutive year)

Euromoney 
Deals of the Year
– Best International Euro Issue – Republic of Italy 
– Best Equity-Linked Issue – Bell Atlantic (CWC)
– Best High-Grade Corporate Issue – KPN 
– Best IPO – Swisscom 
– Best Financial Institution Issue – Associates Corporation

of North America

– Best International Syndicated Loan – GEC 

Euromoney / Global Investor 
European Broker Survey
– Best Overall European Sectoral Research 
– Best Pan-European Equity Research
– Best Pan-European Equity Execution

Global Investor 
FX Survey
– No.1 Best Advice on Spot Trading
– No.1 Best Sales Coverage 

International Financing Review 
Review of the Year
– European Equity House of the Year
– Equity-Linked House of the Year 
– European Equity-Linked House of the Year
– European Equity-Linked Issue of the Year – Swiss Life

GEMMS 

– Privatization Issue of the Year – Swisscom
– Deutschmark Bond of the Year – KPN

International Financing Review Asia
Review of the Year
– Australian Equity House of the Year (2nd consecutive year)
– Australian Domestic Bond House of the Year

Review of Businesses
Warburg Dillon Read

duction  and  logistics.  In  each  of  these  three
areas, initiatives are co-ordinated with those of
other UBS divisions with a view to leveraging the
entire Group’s asset gathering and servicing capa-
bilities.

Outlook

Global consolidation and the continued with-
drawal of former aspirants to global status are by
no means spent forces in the investment banking
sector. This said, we believe that attractive oppor-
tunities  exist  for  investment  banks  worldwide,
opportunities  that  will  outlast  any  continuing
disruptions in the short term. Among the factors
driving such opportunities are market deregula-
tion, economic globalization, increasing empha-
sis  on  shareholder  value,  industrial  consolida-
tion, the rising volume of investable funds, and
accelerating technological change.

Buoyed by these trends, the growth of the finan-
cial services industry has outpaced that of its host
economies throughout the 1990s. While we expect
the  global  investment  banking  revenue  pool  to
continue  growing,  overall  compound  annual
growth rates cannot be relied upon to match those

of  recent  years.  Further,  short-term  fluctuations
and  regional  variations  will  inevitably  affect  the
performance of all investment banks. 

We  expect  the  revenue  pool  to  grow  more
strongly in Europe than in other regions over the
next few years, thanks in part to Euro-driven cor-
porate  restructuring,  a  shift  towards  equity
investment,  and  the  nascent  high-yield  market.
Warburg  Dillon  Read  is  uniquely  positioned  to
take advantage of this growth. 

In the US, the combination of high valuations,
low  inflation,  and  continued  economic  growth
leaves equity prices sensitive to unexpected news.
Volatility is therefore expected to remain high in
the US and elsewhere.

Asia  excluding  Japan  is  unlikely  to  stage  a
rapid recovery from the current weak conditions
in  the  banking  and  commercial  sectors.  We
therefore  have  reduced  our  front  office  head-
count significantly in the region in line with the
size of expected opportunities. In the short term,
such  opportunities  should  come  mainly  from
corporate  restructuring  and  a  shift  from  bank
finance to the international capital markets. We
have  also  scaled  back  our  activities  in  other
emerging markets including Latin America and
Eastern Europe. 

19

Review of Businesses
Private and Corporate Clients

Private and Corporate Clients

Our objective is to

Business Profile / Mission Statement

become the most profi-

table bank for private,

business and corporate

clients in Switzerland

by maintaining our

leading market position.

Furthermore, we are

seeking to increase our

return on equity to a

level of 18%.

20

The  Private  and  Corporate  Clients  Division,
measured in terms of assets under management as
well as in terms of the loan portfolio, is the leading
bank  in  Switzerland.  Our  year-end  1998  assets
under management amounted to CHF 434 billion,
of which 53% was from our Private and Business
Clients  business  area,  41%  from  the  Corporates
business  area  and  the  remaining  6%  from  the
Operations (Banks) business area. The volume of
our loan portfolio amounted to CHF 165 billion
of which mortgages accounted for around 75%.

Our position in the Swiss market and our ready
access  to  other  divisions  enables  us  to  offer  a
comprehensive range of state-of-the-art products
and services to our diversified client base. As of
year-end 1998, our client base consisted of more
than  4.4  million  private  and  investment  clients,
some 180,000 small- and medium-sized business-
es  plus  more  than  10,000  large  corporates.  In
addition, we provide payment and custodial serv-
ices  to  some  1,800  banking  institutions  located
throughout the industrialized world.

A  strategic  review  identified  the  potential  to
expand  our  business  beyond  Switzerland’s  bor-
ders  in  order  to  take  advantage  of  the  growing
opportunities associated with Euroland. To this
end, we have finished the initial analysis and are
pursuing the realization of our objectives.

Review of Results

Summary

1998 was a year of major change for the Pri-
vate and Corporate Clients Division. The merger
brought about new challenges which required an
outstanding  effort  from  our  managers  and
employees. Through their tremendous contribu-
tion, we were able to achieve both our integration
and  business-related  objectives,  resulting  in  a
very  successful  year  despite  the  highly  competi-
tive  environment.  Our  integration  process  con-
tinues on track and will be completed during the
remainder  of  1999.  Full-year  1997  and  1998
results have been restated to provide an accurate
comparison  of  our  results  in  light  of  the  client
business transfer which took place between Pri-
vate and Corporate Clients and Private Banking.
Net profit after tax increased by 21% to CHF
754  million  compared  to  the  prior  year  level  of

CHF 621 million. The improvement was mainly
due to significant cost cuts of 4%. This resulted in
an enhanced cost / income ratio of 70%,  which
compares favorably with the 1997 ratio of 74%.
Furthermore,  the  improved  financial  result  and
reduction  in  equity  utilization  contributed  to  a
higher RoE of 9.1% versus 7.2% in 1997. 

Operating income

Operating  income  increased  slightly  by  CHF
20  million  from  CHF  7,005  million  in  1997  to
CHF  7,025  million  in  1998.  Margin  improve-
ments  from  risk-adjusted  pricing  were  offset  by
divestments of Prokredit and Aufina.

Operating expenses

Operating  expenses  decreased  4%,  or  CHF
210 million, to CHF 4,947 million over the peri-
od  due  to  management’s  rigorous  attention  to
efficiency enhancement and the rapid realization
of merger-related synergies.

Headcount  for  the  period  decreased  6%,  or
1,598,  to  24,043  year-on-year.  Of  the  overall
headcount  reduction,  some  980  were  mainly
attributable to the sale of Bosslab and Prokredit.
We closed around 34 duplicate branch locations
during the latter half of the year.

Our  ability  to  reduce  costs  further  was
impaired by the need to maintain a high level of
outside contractors associated with the introduc-
tion of the Euro and the upcoming Year 2000 con-
version. Efforts in this regard ensured that we had
a trouble-free Euro conversion on 1 January 1999. 

Loan portfolio

After some interdivisional client shifts, the loan
portfolio amounted to CHF 165 billion at year-end
1998. Accounting for about 75% of the division’s
portfolio,  mortgages  are  a  core  element  of  our
business. The remaining 25% of the Swiss portfo-
lio  consists  primarily  of  commercial  loans.  The
mortgage  portfolio  is  broken  down  into  about
two-thirds fixed-rate mortgages, which represent a
low interest rate risk. Furthermore, some 50% of
all  mortgages  relate  to  low-risk  single-family
homes. More detail can be found in the Review of
Risk Management and Control on pages 37–38.

The recovery portfolio was reduced by a net
CHF 3 billion to CHF 26 billion by the end of
1998. This consisted of around CHF 10 billion of
settled cases partially offset by some CHF 7 bil-
lion new workout positions.

Assets under Management
by Business Area (1998)

6%

CHF million

Private and business clients
Corporate clients
Operations (banks)
Others (e.g. Systor)

Total operating income
Less: Credit loss expenses

Total

41%

Personnel, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization

53%

Total

Total: CHF 434 billion

Private and business clients
Corporate clients
Operations (banks)

AuM for private and business clients
and for corporate clients include
accounts and custody. AuM in opera-
tions (banks) include accounts only.

Segment performance before tax
Tax expense / (benefit)

Segment performance after tax
Less: Minority interests

Net profit / (loss)

Regulatory equity used (avg)

Cost / income in % 1

Assets under management (bn)

Headcount
of which: Switzerland
of which: Rest of world

1 Before credit loss expense.

1998

4,785
1,728
448
64

7,025
1,170

5,855

3,999
948

4,947

908
154

754
0

754

8,250

70

434

24,043
23,989
54

Review of Businesses
Private and Corporate Clients

1997

Change (%)

7,005
1,092

5,913

4,305
852

5,157

756
135

621
0

621

8,600

74

398

25,641
25,581
60

0
7

(1 )

(7 )
11

(4 )

20
14

21
–

21

(4 )

9

(6 )
(6 )
(10 )

Assets under management

Assets  under  management  rose  by  CHF  36
billion to CHF 434 billion. This increase was due
to, in roughly equal amounts, the net inflow of
assets and positive equity markets over full-year
1998. 

Significant Events in 1998

Merger on track and successful

Our  ambitious  integration  plan  remains  on
track  with  all  major  tasks  expected  to  be  com-
pleted before year-end. The following tasks were
completed during the year:
– Rebranding / Client  Communication:  We  have
completed  our  rebranding  both  internally  and
externally. Furthermore, we harmonized our pri-
cing and product ranges and were able to offer
these to our clients by August 1998. This major
effort was accompanied by the need to adapt the
related information technology (IT) systems.
– Technical and Operational Migration: A deci-
sion  to  utilize  a  common  IT  Platform  (ABA-
CUS) was taken in January 1998 which permit-
ted  an  early  start  to  the  major  technical  and
operational  migration.  The  rapid  conversion

allowed  us  to  successfully  migrate  the  first
100,000 clients in November of last year and
establish the basis for migrating the remaining
clients to ABACUS in 1999.

– Redesign  of  Distribution  Network:  We  closed
34  duplicate  branch  locations  throughout
Switzerland during the year and have identified
additional branches to be closed in 1999. Fur-
thermore, we are broadening our offer of alter-
native distribution channels such as telephone
and Internet banking.

– Client  and  Employee  Retention:  Client  defec-
tions resulting from the merger have remained
within  the  anticipated  5%  range.  Employee
turnover, on the other hand, reached an average
rate of approximately 14% for the year com-
pared to the prior year’s 12% rate. This trend
has now been reversed and employee turnover
is on the decrease.

The merger going forward

A number of significant integration steps remain
to be completed. Based on progress so far, and the
comprehensive preparatory work, we are confident
that we will complete our projects within the estab-
lished deadlines. Efforts to minimize further client
and employee defections will continue.

21

Review of Businesses
Private and Corporate Clients

35%

Assets under Management 
by Asset Class (1998)

6%

17%

20%

22%

Total: CHF 434 billion

Customer accounts
Bonds
Equities
Mutual funds
Other custody accounts

22

Strategic Initiatives

European asset gathering

Initiative for small- and medium-sized
enterprises (SMEs)

At the time of the merger, UBS announced the
“SME Initiative Switzerland”. This initiative is a
targeted  response  to  the  main  challenges  facing
SMEs, namely the lack of adequate equity capital.
At the outset, UBS made some CHF 150 mil-
lion available to qualified SMEs. During the sec-
ond  half  of  1998,  this  amount  was  further
increased to a total of CHF 335 million funded
by EIBA and the venture capital initiative of for-
mer Swiss Bank Corporation. Three vehicles are
being  utilized  for  distribution,  namely  Aventic
AG,  UBS  Startcapital  and  a  seed  fund  for  sup-
porting high-technology development.
– Aventic AG is a wholly-owned UBS Group sub-
sidiary with equity capital of CHF 30 million
and access to some CHF 245 million of credit
lines. It was formed in August 1998 and invests
in innovative SMEs through equity stakes or by
providing  venture  capital.  Its  Board  is  com-
posed mainly of people from outside the bank
in order to ensure the necessary flexibility and
independence in its decision making. 

– To assist in the start-up phase of new compa-
nies, UBS has launched a new range of products
for up-and-coming entrepreneurs. The aim is to
provide equity capital combined with start-up
loans as well as necessary additional services to
support  management  activities.  These  clients
are  served  out  of  newly-created  competence
centers within our Private and Business Clients
Business Area.

– A  seed  fund  has  been  established  to  facilitate
the transfer and realization of promising tech-
nology  from  Switzerland’s  universities.  This
autonomous  vehicle  was  created  to  assist  in
promoting  the  development  of  new  high-tech
firms  in  Switzerland  and  is  actively  involved
with universities and other institutions.

The  rapid  growth  in  demand  for  investment
and  retirement  products  within  Europe  repre-
sents a significant opportunity. Growing wealth
levels,  the  consolidation  of  Europe  and  uncer-
tainty over the stability of state pension schemes,
are some of the reasons why a cross-border prod-
uct  offering 
is  attractive.  Furthermore,  an
increasing  number  of  investors  are  turning  to
channels  such  as  the  Internet  and  telephone  to
conveniently provide them with information and
the  ability  to  buy  and  sell  securities  and  other
financial products.

UBS, with core competencies in asset manage-
ment,  investment  and  long-term  savings  prod-
ucts, as well as proven client servicing capabilities
and the appropriate technology, is well-placed to
capitalize on these developments and offers these
services  outside  of  its  traditional  home  market.
As  a  global  bank  with  in-house  access  to  com-
prehensive and high-quality research, representa-
tions on all major stock exchanges, a well-recog-
nized brand and exceptional technology, UBS has
a significant opportunity to embark upon a tech-
nology-based expansion.

Outlook

For 1999, we expect to continue our improve-
ment in net profit. This will be achieved by real-
izing our strategic projects which consist of clear-
ly-defined  initiatives  and  further  enhancing  the
efficiency of our businesses.

We  are  highly  confident  about  reaching  our
long-term objectives despite the continuing inte-
gration process, the highly competitive environ-
ment  and  the  anticipation  of  only  a  moderate
upswing in the Swiss economy.

Review of Businesses

23

Review of Businesses
UBS Brinson

UBS Brinson

UBS Brinson posted a

Business Profile / Mission Statement

strong performance in

1998 against a volatile

market backdrop. Global

revenue growth was

generally healthy and was

achieved with moderate

growth in costs. Given

the depth and breadth of

our new resources, the

merger and other client-

driven strategic initiatives

completed during the

year should position us

well for further growth.

Our 1999 outlook is posi-

tive, although competition

and market conditions

are likely to remain chal-

lenging.

24

UBS Brinson is responsible for the institution-
al  asset  management  businesses  of  the  UBS
Group. We invest globally for a world-wide client
base consisting of institutional investors such as
pension  funds,  public  funds  and  central  banks.
On behalf of Private Banking, we also manage the
UBS Investment Funds of the UBS Group.

UBS Brinson is one of the largest institutional
asset managers in the world. We employ a total
of  almost  1,500  people  at  our  headquarters  in
Chicago and our offices in Bahrain, Basel, Frank-
furt, Geneva, Hong Kong, London, Melbourne,
New York, Paris, Rio de Janeiro, Singapore, Syd-
ney, Tokyo and Zurich. In the United States, the
United Kingdom and Switzerland, we are among
the industry leaders. We have over CHF 360 bil-
lion  in  institutional  assets  under  management,
with  an  additional  CHF  171  billion  in  mutual
funds managed for Private Banking.

Institutional  asset  management  mandates  are
typically awarded on the basis of investment style,
performance track records and client service. UBS
Brinson’s  goal  is  therefore  to  deliver  sustained
value-added  investment  performance  relative  to
client-mandated benchmarks. Our asset allocation
strategies are based on comprehensive proprietary
research in the major equity, fixed income and cur-
rency markets around the world. Our method is to
identify  periodic  discrepancies  between  market
price and investment value and turn them to our
clients’ advantage. Our global presence means that
we are thoroughly familiar with local client needs
and regulatory environments. While applying local
knowledge  to  meet  our  clients’  specific  needs,
we leverage our research capability globally. The
resulting  superior  service  quality  is  the  basis  for
building strategic partnerships with our clients.

The  institutional  asset  management  business,
though  subject  to  intense  competition,  has  the
potential  to  deliver  attractive  returns.  Capital
requirements are minimal, thus favouring a high
return on equity. Revenues take the form of fees,
which are closely correlated to the size of the assets
under  management.  Earnings  streams  are  conse-
quently  less  volatile  and  more  predictable.  The
growth  potential  for  the  business  is  impressive:
institutional assets currently run to some CHF 17
trillion worldwide – by 2002 they are expected to
reach CHF 25 trillion. Rising security market lev-
els are a factor, but so are demographics. In many

regions,  notably  Japan,  Europe  and  also  North
America, the average age of the population is ris-
ing and so is the need to make provisions for grow-
ing future pension requirements. With our strate-
gy built on a global platform with a local delivery
focus, we are well-placed to continue to build our
franchise in the markets of our choice.

Review of Results

Summary

The division’s performance rose 11% pre-tax
year-on-year. Excluding non-cash items, the divi-
sion posted a very strong increase of 24% in oper-
ating profits before tax. The favorable perform-
ance  stemmed  primarily  from  good  revenue
growth  overall  with  lower  costs  as  the  division
rationalized  its  post-merger  infrastructure  and
partially held in check its longer-term investments.
Against a volatile market backdrop, the division’s
accomplishments during the year were impressive: 
– The successful integration of the Union Bank of
Switzerland and Swiss Bank Corporation busi-
nesses to create a diversified, global divisional
platform unique in the industry.

– Expanded  co-operation  with  Private  Banking
helping to further realize the extensive business
synergies between the two businesses. 

– The purchase of the Long-Term Credit Bank of
Japan’s (LTCB) asset management business sig-
nificantly  bolstering  our  institutional  asset
presence in Japan. 
All of these events represent significant mile-

stones in fulfilling our long-term strategy. 

Revenues

Growth in new assets under management, our
acquisition  in  Japan  and  positive  market  per-
formance contributed to a 12% increase in oper-
ating  income  over  the  prior  year. Institutional
revenue growth was generally positive across the
globe. An added boost to revenue came from an
increased asset flow from Private Banking. These
positive developments were partially offset by a
decline in Phillips & Drew revenue due to short-
term performance issues and a very competitive
UK marketplace. 

Total costs

Total costs for the division increased by 12%
due to goodwill charges on LTCB in Japan and the

Employees by Region (1998)

6%

7%

CHF million

Phillips & Drew business area
UBS Brinson business area

Total operating income
Less: Credit loss expenses

Total

30%

57%

Total

Personnel, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Total: 1,497 employees

Europe, Middle East and Africa
The Americas
Japan
Asia, excluding Japan

Total Institutional
Assets under Management 
by Business Area

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

34%

66%

39%

61%

31.12.98

31.12.97

1997 Total: CHF 373 billion
1998 Total: CHF 360 billion

Phillips & Drew business area
UBS Brinson business area

Total Institutional
Assets under Management
by Client Location (1998)

Segment performance before tax
Tax expense / (benefit)

Segment performance after tax
Less: Minority interests

Net profit / (loss)

Regulatory equity used (avg)

Cost / income in %

Assets under management (bn)
Brinson BA institutional AuM
Phillips & Drew BA institutional AuM
UBS investment funds AuM

Headcount
of which: Switzerland
of which: Rest of world

payment  of  the  remaining  obligation  to  Brinson
Partners in the US. Merger synergies enabled the
Swiss  headcount  to  be  scaled  back 11%  while,
outside of Switzerland, expansion in Europe and
the acquisition in Japan resulted in a 15% overall
increase in headcount during the year. 

The  division  continues  to  focus  on  control-
ling  cost  efficiency  while  making  selective
investments  in  IT  and  infrastructure.  IT  devel-
opment  efforts  are  currently  underway  in  the
investment  management,  operations  and  busi-
ness development areas aimed at increasing the
efficiency and control of our global resources. In
the  next  year,  we  will  also  be  developing  our
Internet facilities further for our clients.

3%

7%

Net profit

34%

56%

Total: CHF 360 billion

Europe, Middle East and Africa
The Americas
Japan
Asia, excluding Japan

Combined with an increase in divisional pre-
tax performance of 11%, the slight decrease in the
effective tax rate for the division from 32% to 29%
resulted in an after-tax increase in profits of 16%. 

Assets under management 

Divisional assets under management increased
by 11% overall before considering the apprecia-
tion of the Swiss franc during the year. After the
currency  impact,  growth  in  assets  was  a  more
moderate 5% year-on-year in Swiss franc terms.
Similarly, growth in the Brinson area assets under

Review of Businesses
UBS Brinson

1997

Change (%)

1,040
0

1,040

593
44

637

403
127

276
0

276

50

61

504
228
145
131

1,364
298
1,066

12
–

12

3
143

12

11
1

16
–

16

100

5
4
(16 )
31

10
(11 )
15

1998

326 
837 

1,163
0

1,163

608
107

715

448
128

320
0

320

100

61

531
238
122
171

1,497
266
1,231

management  was  up  10%  before  taking  into
account  exchange  rate  movements  (or  4%  after
the currency impact). Partially offsetting Brinson
business area growth, Phillips & Drew showed a
net decline in assets under management. 

Brinson business area

Brinson  growth  in  assets  under  management
resulted about equally from new business, acqui-
sitions and performance.The US, Switzerland and
Japan accounted for the major share of business
gained as new and existing clients showed con-
tinued confidence in the post-merger Brinson in

UBS Brinson 
Portfolios and their Corresponding Indices
Performance characteristics since inception (1981) 

in USD

Annual Return (%)

20

18

16

14

12

10

U.S. Equity Portfolio

U.S. Equity Index

Global (Ex-U.S.) 
Equity Portfolio

Global Securities Portfolio

Global Securities Market Index

Global (Ex-U.S.) Bond Portfolio

Global (Ex-U.S.) 
Equity Index

U.S. Bond Portfolio

U.S. Bond Index

Global (Ex-U.S.) Bond Index

4

6

8

10

12
Volatility (%) 1

14

16

18

20

1 Annualized standard deviation of monthly logarithmic returns
Note: Performance figures are gross of fees

25

Review of Businesses
UBS Brinson

UBS Brinson Business Area
Institutional AuM
by Client Mandate (1998)

6%

UBS Brinson Investment Performance

Global Securities

Global Securities Markets Index

Global equities

MSCI World Equities Index

29%

40%

US Equities

Wilshire 5000

Global bonds

Salomon World Government Bond Index

US fixed income

Salomon Brothers BIG Index

3-year

12.46

14.42

18.85

18.06

23.77

25.24

8.79

6.20

7.46

7.29

5-year

12.17

13.63

16.11

16.06

22.24

21.78

8.51

7.85

7.54

7.30

10-year

12.82

12.45

14.70

11.11

20.03

18.11

10.22

8.97

9.73

9.31

25%

Total: CHF 238 billion

Equity
Asset allocation
Fixed income
Private markets

Phillips & Drew Business Area
Institutional AuM
by Client Mandate 

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

72%

11%

17%

73%

11%

16%

31.12.98

31.12.97

1997 Total: CHF 145 billion
1998 Total: CHF 122 billion

Asset allocation
Bonds
Equities

26

managing their institutional monies. In addition,
the buyout of our joint venture partner LTCB in
Japan bolstered our presence significantly, mak-
ing us the third-largest foreign institutional asset
manager  in  that  market  with  a  strong  platform
for future growth.

Characterized by our global geographic pres-
ence  and  strong  mandate  diversification,  our
business stands apart from our competitors in the
resources and the skill set we can leverage on our
clients’ behalf. The relative mix of our mandates
has remained consistent during the year, although
we  continue  to  explore  alternative  asset  invest-
ment opportunities that we believe may comple-
ment  our  existing  businesses  and  add  value  for
our clients. 

The long-term performance of our portfolios
clearly demonstrates our value-added investment
philosophy. Relative to the benchmarks, we have
periodically  under-performed  against  certain
benchmarks on a short-term basis. During 1998,
our  long-term  value-oriented  philosophy  some-
times  appeared  at  odds  with  a  market  focused
narrowly on short-term events. The overvaluation
of world equity markets persisted in 1998, but we
are  confident  that  these  markets  will  revert  to
their  natural  fundamental  underpinnings  and
that  our  basic  investment  framework  remains
sound.  The  timing  of  this  reversion  remains,  of
course, the uncertain factor.

Phillips and Drew Business Area

Phillips & Drew is the third-largest asset man-
ager in the UK marketplace with a business prin-
cipally specialized in equity and balanced portfo-
lios.  A  competitive,  mature  marketplace,  com-
bined  with  market  sentiment  favouring  passive

managers  as  robust  equity  markets  continue  to
ignore  long-term  fundamentals,  has  made  for  a
challenging environment for the business to grow
in.  These  factors  combined  with  relative  under-
performance  of  its  balanced  portfolios  have
resulted in a decline of assets under management
on a year-on-year basis. Focusing on the funda-
mentals of investment process and client service,
and evolving its structure and services in response
to  the  marketplace,  management  continues  to
maintain a favourable outlook for the future.

Merger and Other Initiatives in 1998

1998 was a significant year for UBS Brinson.
From a divisional perspective, the prior resources
of  Union  Bank  of  Switzerland  and  Swiss  Bank
Corporation  were  fully  rationalized  and  inte-
grated without major disruption to client service.
Enabling  us  to  establish  a  global  platform  in
significantly less time than we could build it our-
selves, the merger has given us the opportunity
to  obtain  a  distinct  competitive  advantage  for
growing our business further. 

Apart from the merger, two other significant
milestones occurred in 1998: the buyout of the
LTCB  joint  venture  in  Japan  and  the  establish-
ment of Private Banking Investment Services. 

The buyout of LTCB was critical as it gives us
a  significant  platform  from  which  to  build  our
institutional business in Japan further while still
allowing us to be regarded as a foreign manager
– a factor which in the current economic climate
in Japan is beneficial to us. 

Private Banking Investment Services was also
established during 1998. Private Banking Invest-

Review of Businesses
UBS Brinson

ment Services works closely with Private Banking
to  enable  their  clients  to  receive  institutional-
quality  investment  products  and  advice  which
are  delivered  through  the  traditional  Private
Banking channel – an arrangement that benefits
clients and shareholders alike. 

Strategic Initiatives

Our  longer-term  strategy  revolves  around
being responsive to three key changes in market
dynamics:  slower  aggregate  future  growth  in
home markets, structural changes in global pen-
sion  schemes  and  continuing  globalization  and
consolidation of the asset management business: 
– Slower future growth in our home markets (US,
UK and Switzerland) requires that we leverage
existing  relationships  with  consulting  firms,
enter  into  strategic  partnering  efforts  with
multinational  corporations  and  tap  into  the
reservoir of existing clients of other UBS divi-
sions. 

– Structural  changes  in  global  pension  schemes
require that we tailor our response in Anglo-
Saxon  defined-contribution  markets,  consoli-
date our position in Japan, and accelerate pres-
ence and establish strategic positions in devel-
oping European and Latin American markets. 
– Continuing  global  consolidation  will  give  rise
to opportunities for alliances, acquisitions and
expansion  of  investment  capabilities  that  will
be explored as a means to enhance shareholder

and client value. The merger in 1998 was clear-
ly a very significant step in this direction.

Outlook

With the merger year behind us, our key chal-
lenge at UBS Brinson will be to continue to focus
on the equation of philosophy, process and peo-
ple  which  has  made  us  so  successful.  We  must
provide  to  our  clients  continuous  value-added
investment performance over the long term and
superior client service. Superior client service, as
measured by external consultants, means the fol-
lowing things to us: timely and accurate informa-
tion to clients, excellent co-ordination with client
custodian banks, and positioning ourselves as an
advisor, not just a manager, to our clients’ aggre-
gate portfolios. 

While markets are likely to remain volatile in
1999,  we  expect  good  overall  growth  in  cash
flow earnings. Regionally, we anticipate relatively
strong  growth  in  Europe  and  Japan  with  com-
petitive yet reasonable growth in the Americas.
Over the medium term, we expect further com-
petitive intensification as newer and ever larger
entrants  wish  to  exploit  the  modest  capital
amounts  required  and  lower  volatility  of  earn-
ings implied by this business. Our strong client
base  and  geographic  diversity  as  well  as  the
inherent synergies we have with Private Banking
and the rest of the Group give us a competitive
edge few can match.

27

Review of Businesses
UBS Capital

UBS Capital

UBS Capital is one of

Business Profile / Mission

few private equity

operations with a truly

global presence. 

It continued to be a

significant income

generator for the UBS

Group in 1998, confirm-

ing its growing impor-

tance within the bank.

UBS Capital is well-

positioned for continued

success given the

quality of its teams and

the potential to

unlock Group synergies.

1998 Portfolio (book value)
by Sector (direct investments)

3%

3%

4%

5%

8%

9%

47%

10%

11%

Manufacturing
Retail
Post and telecommunication
Software, consultancy and supply
Transport, storage and communication
Automobile rentals
Radio/TV activities
Real estate, rental and other services 
Others

28

The private equity business continued to be a
significant income generator for the UBS Group
in 1998. UBS Capital delivered excellent results
confirming  its  growing  importance  within  the
bank.  Favorable  economic  conditions  coupled
with  high  levels  of  stock  market  liquidity
throughout most of the year in Western markets
facilitated  disposals  from  the  portfolio.  New
investments continued at an increased rate. With
the strong flows of capital into the private equity
industry, competition for attractive opportunities
remained  fierce.  However,  UBS  Capital  is  well-
positioned for continued success given the quali-
ty  of  teams  now  in  place  and  the  potential  to
unlock Group synergies.

Actively adding value

UBS Capital is one of few private equity oper-
ations with a truly global presence. Its network of
13  teams  of  local  professionals  covers  over  30
countries  in  Western  Europe,  the  Americas  and
Asia Pacific. The business benefits strongly from
its integrated position in the UBS Group, which
offers  particular  synergies  with  Private  Banking
and Warburg Dillon Read.

UBS  Capital  aims  to  make  majority  equity
investments in established unlisted companies. The
main focus of its investments is later-stage financ-
ing, such as management buy-outs, expansion or
replacement  capital.  The  business’  seasoned  pro-
fessionals actively participate with management in
developing  the  potential  of  a  company  over  the
medium  term,  thereby  maximizing  shareholder
value. By using the local knowledge and industry
expertise  of  its  teams  combined  with  a  risk-con-
scious approach to investing, UBS Capital has built
a  globally-diversified  portfolio  with  superior
returns  and  annual  average  loss  rates  among  the
lowest in the industry.

An area of increased focus in Europe is family
businesses  facing  succession  issues  where  UBS
Capital  is  able  to  bring  a  flexible  approach  to
structuring a transaction coupled with a reputa-
tion for professionalism in its business.

Review of Results

The result for 1998 was excellent as the gener-
ally  favorable  conditions  in  Western  markets

allowed for many disposals from the portfolio. Net
revenues  after  write-downs  for  1998  increased
19%,  or  CHF  93  million,  to  CHF  585  million
from CHF 492 million in 1997. This increase was
generated  largely  by  disposals  of  investments  by
the  Swiss,  US,  Benelux  and  Nordic  teams.
Although  the  operating  costs  as  a  percentage  of
revenues increased slightly in 1998, they remained
low at 27%.

Continuing  from  its  strong  first-half  results,
UBS Capital increased pre-tax profits by 12%, or
CHF  47  million,  to  CHF  428  million  in  1998.
These  results  also  reflect  the  lower  divestment
activity of the fourth quarter compared to other
quarters,  when,  as  expected,  the  portfolio  cycle
did  not  offer  as  many  exit  opportunities.  Net
profit after tax increased 9%, or CHF 34 million,
to CHF 413 million over the year.

The  financial  crises  in  emerging  markets
around the world during the year had little imme-
diate  impact  on  the  value  of  UBS  Capital’s
investments,  with  the  portfolio  predominantly
focused on the US and Western Europe and only
weighted 7% in Latin America and 2% in Asia. 
The portfolio continues to expand in line with
expectations  and  had  a  book  value  at  year-end
of approximately CHF 1.8 billion. The year-end
semi-annual  portfolio  review  and  valuation
resulted in a market value of around CHF 2.7 bil-
lion providing unrealized gains at year-end 1998
estimated at about CHF 0.9 billion, or 50% of the
total  portfolio  book  value.  New  investments  in
1998 amounted to around CHF 0.8 billion. 

Headcount increased as the business has devel-
oped  particularly  in  Europe  and  Latin  America.
Staff losses due to the merger were minimal and
have had no noticeable impact on operations.

Discussion of operations

Merger

The merger process was smoothly completed
in 1998. UBS Capital successfully integrated the
Swiss-based  SBC  Equity  Partners  into  its  Euro-
pean operations and the team contributed signif-
icantly to the 1998 result. The establishment of
new  linkages  with  the  other  businesses  of  the
Group is also bearing fruit. 

As a consequence of the merger, UBS Capital lost
its grandfathered status in the US, which allowed
direct  equity  investments  in  the  US  with  voting

Review of Businesses
UBS Capital

1998

1997

Change (%)

585
0

585

152
5

157

428
15

413
0

413

250

27

122
36
86

492
0

492

108
3

111

381
2

379
0

379

200

23

90
35
55

19
–

19

41
67

41

12
> 100

9
–

9

25

36
3
56

1998 Portfolio (book value) 
by Investment Stage

2%

2%

18%

CHF million

Total operating income
Less: Credit loss expenses

Total

Personnel, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Total

Segment performance before tax
Tax expense / (benefit)

Segment performance after tax
Less: Minority interests

Net profit / (loss)

Regulatory equity used (avg)

Cost / income in %

Headcount
of which: Switzerland
of which: Rest of world

17%

61%

Management buy-out
Replacement capital
Expansion capital – late stage
Expansion capital – early stage
Others

1998 Portfolio (book value)
by Geography

7%

2%

40%

51%

North America
Europe
Latin America
Asia/Pacific

1998 Portfolio Unrealized Gain

CHF billion

3

2

1

0

1

n
b

9
.
0

n
b

7
.
2

n
b
8
.
1

n
b
3
.
1

i

n
a
g

d
e
z
i
l

a
e
r
n
U

7
9
.
2
1
.
1
3

e
u
a
v

l

k
o
o
B

8
9
.
2
1
.
1
3

e
u
a
v

l

k
o
o
B

8
9
.
2
1
.
1
3

e
u
a
v

l

t
e
k
r
a
M

1 0.8 bn private equity
*0.1 bn equity-related instruments

rights  of  up  to  25%  in  larger  transactions.  UBS
Capital continues to evaluate its options with regard
to this important market and will implement a new
structure in 1999. This is not expected to signifi-
cantly impact earnings in the time frame up to 2002.

Strategic initiatives

The increasing awareness of private equity as
an attractive asset class for fund managers, cou-
pled  with  the  growing  efforts  by  industry  in
Europe  to  restructure  and  embrace  the  share-
holder value principle, has further improved the
opportunities for investment and hence the funds
being  made  available  to  invest  in  this  sector.
Competition  for  potential  investments  remains
fierce.  Despite  the  increased  competition,  UBS
Capital  is  well-positioned to leverage its unique
strategic advantages. 

UBS Capital intends to maximize the propri-
etary deal flow that exists within the UBS Group
through further developing its internal linkages.
Using  primarily  the  Group’s  own  funds  for
investing  allows  UBS  Capital  to  pursue  a  value
strategy that differs from that of its competitors.
The business is not forced to meet target spend
rates but pursues transactions only if they offer
fair value over an investment cycle.

With  its  successful  and  highly-qualified  net-
work of teams, UBS Capital is well-positioned to
be a key player in this rapidly expanding business

world-wide. It will focus on continuing growth in
Western  Europe  and  North  America  as  well  as
seizing select value opportunities in Latin Ameri-
ca and Asia / Pacific.

UBS Capital is committed to utilizing its glob-
al  network  of  teams  to  combine  local  expertise
and resources as required. In doing so, it aims to
provide  tailor-made  solutions  for  cross-regional
and cross-border transactions, which are gaining
in importance world-wide.

Based  on  these  competitive  strengths,  UBS
Capital  plans  to  gradually  increase  the  annual
investment rate, targeting a portfolio book value
of  approximately  CHF  4  billion  by  the  end  of
2002,  while  achieving  further  diversification  in
the timing and geography of earnings streams.

Outlook 1999

In 1999, UBS Capital plans to strengthen the
existing business and to maintain a global market
presence  and  a  well-diversified  portfolio  of
investments. While the current portfolio’s aging
profile  is  anticipated  to  offer  fewer  divestment
opportunities  over  the  coming  year  than  it  did
over the past two years, the business is targeting
to add CHF 800 million of new investments to
the portfolio in 1999 and remain a strong con-
tributor to UBS Group results going forward.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Review of Businesses
Corporate Center

Corporate Center

The  Corporate  Center  encompasses  Group
level functions which cannot be devolved to the
divisions.  Additionally,  the  Corporate  Center
plays an active role with regard to funding, capi-
tal  and  balance  sheet  management,  and  with
regard to risk management. (See Review of Risk
Management  and  Control  and  Review  of  Asset
and Liability Management.) 

For 1998 the Corporate Center posted a pre-
tax  loss  of  CHF  1,029  million  versus  a  pre-tax
profit of CHF 260 million in 1997. 

The two major items which negatively impact-
ed on the Corporate Center result were CHF 842
million  for  the  settlement  relating  to  the  role  of
Swiss  banks  during  and  after  World  War  II  and
CHF 367 million relating to the write-off on Long
Term  Capital  Management,  explained  in  the
Review  of  Risk  Management  and  Control.  See
Management  Accounting  policies  on  pages  8–9
and Review of Risk Management and Control for
explanations of the link between the credit expense
line and the Group Financial Statements.

Serving the UBS Group,

the Corporate Center

reports directly to the

CEO and provides

centralized services such

as Legal Support, Com-

munications and Human

Resources. In addition,

the Corporate Center

CHF million

Operating income
Less: Credit loss expenses

embraces the functions

Total

reporting to the Chief

Personnel, general and administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Financial, Chief Risk and

Chief Credit Officers.

Total

Segment performance before tax
Tax expense / (benefit)

Segment performance after tax
Less: Minority interests

Net profit / (loss)

Regulatory equity used (avg)

Headcount
of which: Switzerland
of which: Rest of world

30

1998

296
(745)

1,041

2,085
(15)

2,070

(1,029)
317

(1,346)
4

(1,350)

6,350

921
821
100

1997

518
(173 )

691

381
50

431

260
357

(97 )
16

(113 )

4,150

1,599
1,561
38

Review of 
Risk Management 
and Control

Review of Risk Management and Control

Risk exposure is integral

Introduction

to UBS’s business and

extends beyond just

market and credit risks.

The highest standards

of risk identification, risk

management and risk

control are indispensable

to the success, repu-

tation, and continuing

strength of UBS.

Thus, UBS is committed

to developing and apply-

ing best market practice

to all risk activities.

32

Following  the  investigation  and  thorough
analysis  of  the  circumstances  surrounding  the
third-quarter trading losses, and in particular the
losses  associated  with  the  Long  Term  Capital
Management  (LTCM)  transaction,  UBS’s  Board
of  Directors  (BoD)  commissioned  a  review  of
UBS’s  overall  risk  profile  together  with  its  risk
management  and  control  processes  and  pro-
cedures.  A  parallel  review  was  also  initiated
in Warburg Dillon Read at the same time to con-
sider  the  extent  to  which  the  changed  market
circumstances  required  a  reassessment  of  the
business priorities. The results of that review are
reported separately in the Warburg Dillon Read
section of this report.

The  overall  result  of  the  risk  review  was
encouraging, since it did not identify any signifi-
cant  new  risk  concentration  or  previously  un-
identified risk management issues. The principal
conclusion of the risk review was that UBS should
continue to implement a fully-integrated approach
to risk management and control covering  all
material risks and all aspects of UBS’s business.

In late 1998, the BoD and the Group Execu-
tive Board (GEB) endorsed the findings of the risk
review and agreed upon the following areas as the
principal priorities for attention: 
– to further incorporate operational risks into the

risk management and control process

– to reinforce existing efforts to ensure the com-
pleteness and accuracy of data which support
the risk management decision-making process
– to  ensure  that  assessments  of  the  risk/return
potential  of  particular  business  activities  fully
take into account all relevant risk considerations
– to  ensure  that  there  is  a  structured  process  in
place throughout the Group to assess the risks
in new business activities

– to  reorient  UBS’s approach  to  measuring  and
limiting  risk  exposures  towards  potential  loss
in extreme conditions as well as more normal
conditions.

The UBS Risk Framework

As an integral part of the risk review, UBS has
also reviewed and updated its risk policy frame-
work  which  sets  the  overall  guidelines  for  risk
management  and  control  at  UBS.  The  policy

framework,  which  covers  all  material  risks,
emphasizes  the  importance  of  distinguishing
between the following functions within the risk
management process:
– risk management, which is defined as managing
UBS’s exposure to risk within the overall guide-
lines and limits approved by the BoD. Ensuring
the adherence to these guidelines and limits is
the  responsibility  of  the  management  of  the
business divisions and individual business lines;
– logistics,  which  are  the  separately  constituted
operational functions, including financial con-
trol, operations and IT, that exercise an essen-
tial control function when processing the trans-
actions entered into by the divisions; 

– risk  control,  which  are  the  independent  risk
control  functions  reporting  to  the  Chief  Risk
Officer  (CRO)  and  the  Chief  Credit  Officer
(CCO)  and  which  verify  the  business  areas’
compliance with corporate risk policies.
UBS approaches risk-taking first and foremost
by recognizing that an effective process for man-
aging  and  controlling  risk  is  indispensable  to
UBS’s  continued  success.  Effectively  managing
and controlling risk depends on a sound process
for identifying the risks which UBS faces, as well
as establishing a comprehensive set of limits and
procedures to control these risks. UBS puts these
limits and procedures in place to ensure that its
exposure to risk is consistent with its risk appetite
and risk bearing capacity and with its assessment
of  management’s  capabilities  to  manage  and
control  the  risks  in  an  effective  manner.  In  this
context, internal capabilities, such as the availa-
bility of suitable IT processing systems and staff
knowledge and experience, and the external envi-
ronment are taken into consideration. UBS places
particular emphasis on its procedures for analyz-
ing  the  risks  in  new  business  activities  and  for
undertaking large or complex transactions.

The BoD sets UBS’s risk limits by assessing the
Group’s  risk  appetite  and  risk-bearing  capacity.
UBS’s risk appetite is a measure of the risk which
the BoD believes the Group requires in order to
deliver satisfactory long-term growth and return
on  equity.  This  potential  risk  is  represented  by
absolute statistical loss levels (value at risk) that
are consistent with the budgeted annual earnings
of the relevant business units.

In addition, the BoD sets limits on the poten-
tial stress loss which UBS could face in extreme,
but unlikely situations based on its risk-bearing

Review of Risk Management and Control

capacity.  The  determination  of  potential  stress
loss  takes  into  account  UBS’s  overall  earnings
capacity,  and  is  set  to  protect  the  Group  from
unacceptable  damage  to  annual  earnings,  divi-
dend-paying ability, business viability and its rep-
utation.  The  BoD  reviews  the  risk  appetite  and
the risk-bearing capacity on a regular basis con-
sidering changes in market conditions. The GEB
actively monitors potential losses for a series of
pre-determined  stress  scenarios  and  actively
alters the limit for each scenario in circumstances
that indicate higher-than-normal risk to a given
stress event.

A  further  important  element  of  the  risk
process  at  UBS  is  the  management  structure
through which the risk management and control
process  operates.  The  overall  responsibility  for
implementing  the  risk  framework  lies  with  the
GEB, which allocates risk limits to the divisions
and which regularly monitors the development of
UBS’s risk profile at the Group level. Within the
GEB, the Chief Risk Officer and the Chief Credit
Officer are responsible for ensuring that consistent
policies and procedures are established across the
Group  for  measuring,  managing  and  reporting
the risks, which are approved by the GEB and the
BoD, and communicated throughout the organi-
zation.  The  Market  and  Credit  Risk  Control
functions, which report directly to the CRO and
CCO respectively, are independent from the busi-
ness  and  are  staffed  by  senior  and  experienced
employees located in the respective business divi-
sions as well as at the Corporate Center. In addi-
tion,  close  co-operation  on  a  day-to-day  basis

UBS Risk Management and Control Framework

between the credit risk and market risk control
functions  ensures  appropriate  checks  and  bal-
ances in the daily business.

Each  division  also  has  Risk  Management
Committees which involve senior business man-
agers  together  with  representatives  of  the  risk
control functions. These committees are chaired
by the CEO of each division and are an integral
part  of  the  business  management  process.  The
Risk Management Committees ensure that there
is  an  ongoing  review  of  the  risk  profile  of  the
division in respect of all the material risks it faces,
evaluate the risk in new business initiatives and in
large or complex transactions and propose to the
GEB changes in risk policies and limits affecting
the divisions.

Further Group Internal Audit, which reports
directly to the Chairman of the BoD, reviews and
evaluates  the  effectiveness  of  the  Risk  Policy
Framework and the related internal control sys-
tem to verify that all policies and procedures are
complied  with  and  that  risk  profile  data  in  all
reports  is  accurate.  Group  Internal  Audit  also
reviews  and  evaluates  the  independence  of  the
Corporate Risk Control functions.

Long Term Capital Management and the
Global Equity Derivatives Portfolio 

On 24 September 1998, UBS announced that
as a result of the market turmoil in the wake of
the Russian crisis it was expecting to report a loss
during the third quarter. The reported loss for the

Board of Directors

Group Internal Audit

y
c
i
l

o
P

k
s
i
R

Group Executive Board

Corporate 
Center

CRO & CCO
Corporate Risk Control

Warburg Dillon Read
Warburg Dillon Read

Credit
Risk Control

Market
Risk Control

Private & Corporate Clients
UBS Private Banking

Private Banking
Private & Corporate Clients

UBS Brinson
UBS Brinson

UBS Capital
UBS Brinson

– Divisional Risk Management 

Committees

– Divisional Logistics Functions

t
i
d
u
A

l
a
n
r
e
t
n
I

t
n
e
m
e
g
a
n
a
M
k
s
i
R

I
n
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t

R

i
s
k

C
o
n
t
r
o

l

I
n
t
e
r
n
a
l

A
u
d

i
t

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
Review of Risk Management and Control

quarter  announced  in  October  was  CHF  911
million. The principal reasons for this were UBS’s
exposures to the hedge fund, Long Term Capital
Management,  which  resulted  in  a  post-tax  loss
of CHF 987 million and to the Global Equities
Derivatives Portfolio, which resulted in a post-tax
loss of CHF 659 million at year-end.

Long Term Capital Management (LTCM)

In  the  case  of  LTCM,  the  loss  arose  from  a
structured transaction which was entered into by
Union  Bank  of  Switzerland  in  1997.  Under  this
transaction, UBS sold an option which gave the
right to purchase shares in the LTCM fund at a
predetermined price over a seven-year period. In
order to hedge the risk of this option, UBS held
shares  to  the  value  of  USD  800  million  in  the
LTCM fund to create an incrementally risk neu-
tral position. Separate from the structured trans-
action, a further direct equity investment of USD
266 million was made in the fund, based on the
enormous demand for such investments by insti-
tutional  and  private  clients,  and  the  consensus
expectation of high returns from this fund in par-
ticular.  In  normal  market  conditions,  the  struc-
tured  transaction  would  behave  in  a  controlled
manner. However, in the event of extreme market
movements leading to a discontinuous decline in
the fund’s value, the structured transaction could
not be effectively hedged and, in fact, resulted in
a large loss on the transaction.

The problems at LTCM have been extensively
documented.  In  summary,  at  the  time  of  the
Russian  crisis  in  September  1998,  LTCM  had
invested in a number of “convergence strategies”,
which would have been profitable for the fund if
the prevailing differentials between the prices of
different securities had diminished. However, the
spreads widened suddenly and significantly, leav-
ing  LTCM  with  mark-to-market  losses  which
largely wiped out the fund’s equity capital. This
resulted in the loss which was announced by UBS
in October. In addition, as with most other large
investment banks, UBS had provided significant
fully collateralized financing to LTCM against its
substantial securities holdings. Because of the risk
of further losses in the event of a forced liquida-
tion  of  the  LTCM  assets,  UBS  agreed  to  par-
ticipate in a co-ordinated exercise to recapitalize
LTCM to ensure an orderly release of the financ-
ing  exposures,  and  as  an  additional  benefit,
allowing  UBS  to  maximize  the  value  of  the

remaining equity investments which would have
otherwise been wiped out in a liquidation scenario.
Under  this  arrangement  UBS  injected  a  further
USD  300  million  of  equity  into  LTCM  and
assumed a position on a newly-established Man-
agement Board of LTCM which is overseeing the
orderly  management  of  LTCM’s  activities.  This
investment  was  made  only  after  analysis  of  the
LTCM portfolio. It revealed that in large part, the
positions  held  by  LTCM  possessed  significant
potential  for  future  profits,  but  their  ultimate
level of leverage combined with extreme market
volatility had eroded the capital base needed to
support the portfolio. UBS management is confi-
dent that the fund now has sufficient capital to
withstand  future  market  turmoil  and  therefore
return the capital injection in approximately 24
months.

Following  these  events,  UBS  has  a  residual
exposure  to  LTCM  arising  from  its  new  equity
investment as well as its original equity holdings.
The  relative  stabilization  of  trading  conditions
since  the  end  of  the  third  quarter  has  allowed
LTCM to recover some of its earlier losses. More-
over,  the  wind-down  of  LTCM’s  positions  is
being managed  in  a  way  that  is  designed  to
minimize the risk to LTCM’s shareholders. As a
result, UBS regards the downside risk in this posi-
tion as limited.

Global Equity Derivatives Portfolio (GED)

The  other  major  contributory  factor  to  the
third-quarter losses related to the GED business.
This portfolio consists of a number of structured
equity derivative transactions which were entered
into  as  part  of  an  earlier  strategic  initiative  to
develop  a  leading  position  in  this  market.  This
portfolio was analyzed at the time of the merger
when it was recognized that it contained a num-
ber  of  positions  which,  though  appropriately
hedged over the longer term, possessed the poten-
tial  for  significant  short-term  variance.  Conse-
quently, when equity market volatilities increased
significantly as a result of the market turmoil in
the third quarter, an unrealized loss on the value
of the portfolio became necessary.

UBS will continue to actively manage the expo-
sure associated with this portfolio in order to min-
imize the risk of further adverse effects on earn-
ings. However, given that the average maturity of
the  transactions  in  the  portfolio  is  about  three
years,  it  will  take  some  time  to  wind  down  this

34

Review of Risk Management and Control

exposure, and during this time the portfolio will
continue to be exposed to adverse moves in equity
markets. Nevertheless, UBS believes that the mark-
to-market losses which were incurred in the third
quarter  represent  extreme  circumstances  and  the
potential range of losses for this portfolio in such
circumstances  is  within  UBS’s  overall  stress  loss
limits (see Market Risk section on pages 40–41).

Analysis by Risk Categories

In its risk policy framework, UBS has identi-
fied a number of risk factors as being of particu-
lar significance to its business. The following dis-
cussion  together  with  the  Review  on  Asset  and
Liability Management outlines the major trends
and developments during the year with respect to
the key risks which UBS faces.

1 Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss resulting from the
default  of  an  obligor  or  counterparty  (banks,
corporations,  non-bank  financial  institutions,
public entities/governments and private individu-
als).  At  UBS,  credit  risk  includes  counterparty
and  country  transfer  risk,  as  well  as  settlement
risk. Credit risk is inherent in traditional banking
products, such as loans and conditional contracts
to  lend  money  in  the  future  (commitments)  or

contracts to support clients’ obligations to third
parties (e. g. letters of credit), as well as in deri-
vative contracts and other traded products, such
as bonds. In view of the significance of credit risk
to UBS, the approval of new transactions giving
rise to credit risk plays a central part in UBS’s risk
control process. Only a limited number of highly-
experienced senior credit professionals indepen-
dent from the business are entrusted with author-
ity to approve transactions. Such authorities are
differentiated  by  amount,  counterparty  rating,
tenor and other parameters.

UBS measures its exposure to credit risk based
on a statistical analysis of the probability of de-
fault relating to each of its client categories. For
this  purpose,  UBS  categorizes  all  its  counter-
parties  as  well  as  the  countries  where  it  under-
takes  business  on  the  basis  of  a  fourteen-point
rating  scale  with  a  specified  default  probability
attached to each rating class.

Loans are classified as “Non-Performing” as 
soon as a payment of interest and / or commission
and / or  installment  is  overdue  for  90  days.  The
adequacy of allowances and provisions for both
counterparty credit risk and for country transfer
risk  is  regularly  assessed  and  booked  in accor-
dance  with  the  guidelines  of  International
Accounting  Standards.  Specific  allowances  are
created as and when a particular counterparty’s
and /or country’s creditworthiness is impaired.

UBS Group Loan Portfolio Summary by Division (1998)

CHF million

Private &
Corporate 
Clients
31.12.98

Private
Banking
31.12.98

Warburg
Dillon
Read
31.12.98

Corporate
Center
31.12.98

Total
31.12.98

Total
31.12.97

Total loans and advances 
(performing and non-performing loans)
Principal amount of loans 
outstanding (gross amount)

164,840

24,133

141,686

Allowance and provisions for credit losses

11,844

66

3,063 2

Loans, net of allowances 
for credit losses

152,996

24,067

139,058

Non-performing loans (NPL)

14,003

68

1,645

Ratios
Allowance and provisions for credit losses 
in % of non-performing loans

Non-performing loans 
in % of gross loans outstanding

Allowance and provisions for credit losses 
in % of gross loans outstanding

84.6

97.1

186.2

8.5

7.2

0.3

0.3

1.2

2.2

305

5

300

0

n/a

0.0

1.6

330,964

353,240

14,978 1

16,2131

316,421

337,499

15,717

16,664

95.3

97.3

4.7

4.5

4.7

4.6

1 Of which CHF 435 million relating to contingent liabilities (1997: CHF 472 million).   2 Of which CHF1,450 million relating to country risk provisions.

35

Review of Risk Management and Control

Total Credit Risk Exposure and Expected Loss by Division (1998)

Total Credit Risk Exposure CHF 614 billion

Total Expected Loss CHF 1,696 million

27%

5%

68%

29%

2%

Private and Corporate Clients
Private Banking
Warburg Dillon Read

69%

Exposure is defined as Gross Loans to Banks and Customers, Contingent Liabilities, Unutilized Irrevocable Commitments,
OTC Derivatives (positive Replacement Value), without Security Lending, without Tradable Assets.

A  particular  focus  for  UBS  credit  analysis  in
1998 was the prospective effect of the Year 2000 IT
challenge on the credit standing of UBS’s clients.
As a result, the Chief Credit Officer initiated an
extensive assessment of the Year 2000 readiness of
the most important international clients as well as
of some 10,000 corporate clients in Switzerland.
The  results  of  this  review  are  covered  in  more
detail in the discussion of the Year 2000 problem
(pages 43–44) at the end of this section.

Since the merger, UBS has been engaged in a
rigorous  process  of  reassessing  its  international
credit  activities  to  ensure  that  the  risk / reward
profile of its lending business is consistent with
UBS’s long-term strategic objectives. This review
which is discussed further in the Warburg Dillon
Read section (pages 14–19) resulted in a reduc-
tion in the overall size of the international credit
portfolio from CHF 268 billion to CHF 175 bil-
lion in 1998. A further reduction is planned going
forward,  bringing  the  overall  size  of  the  inter-
national  portfolio  closer  to  our  medium-term
target level of CHF 60 to CHF 100 billion.

From a Group perspective, the asset quality re-
mains satisfactory. Total non-performing loans of
CHF 15.7 billion represented 4.7% of total loans,
of which 95.3% were covered by allowances and
provisions  for  credit  losses  of  CHF  15  billion.
Moreover, within the Private and Corporate Clients
Division  the  reported  coverage  ratio  of  84.6%
remains conservative since the bulk of the non-
performing loans were in the form of mortgage
lending and the underlying property has residual
value. The table on page 35 summarizes the current
status of the loan portfolio by division.

When  assessing  the  results  of  the  individual
business divisions in the Management Accounts,
each  division  is  charged  for  the  credit  risk  it
assumes  based  on  a  statistical  estimate  of
the expected loss in its portfolio. Differences
between the  expected  loss  and  the  credit  loss
expenses  actually  incurred  in  the  reporting
period are balanced through the Corporate Cen-
ter account.

The graph above shows the annual expected
loss per division in relation to the total portfolio
of the Group. The expected loss in the Warburg
Dillon Read portfolio is significantly lower than
that  in  the  Private  and  Corporate  Clients  Divi-
sion, reflecting the fact that the Warburg Dillon
Read portfolio consists primarily of internation-
al  wholesale  business  of  high  credit  quality,
whereas the Private and Corporate Clients port-
folio  is  concentrated  in  the  Swiss  middle  and
retail market.

Portfolio composition

UBS  actively  manages  the  composition  of  its
credit risk portfolio, and seeks to avoid excessive
concentration to any one obligor, industry, rating
class, product or geographical location. In view
of the distinctly different segments, the following
discussion of the portfolio is segregated into the
major divisions:

Warburg Dillon Read

As depicted in the graph on the top of page 37,
over 92% of the Warburg Dillon Read credit risk
exposure is to counterparties which are of invest-
ment grade quality (C5 and better rated).

36

Review of Risk Management and Control

Distribution of Warburg Dillon Read Credit Risk Exposure by Counterparty Rating Class (1998)

in % of total portfolio

40%

35%

30%

25%

20%

15%

10%

  5%

  0%

AAA
“Investment Grade” Categories

AA

A

BBB

BBB–

BB+

C1

C2

C3

C4

C5

C6

BB

C7

BB–

C8

B+

C9

B

D0

B–

CCC-C

D
“Speculative Grade” Categories

D

D1

D2

D3

D4

UBS OTC Derivatives Exposure 
by Product Type and Maturity 
(1998)

in % of total portfolio

40%

35%

30%

25%

20%

15%

10%

  5%

  0%

0–1
year

1–5
years

>5
years

Interest rates
Foreign exchange
Precious metals
Equity/Index
Commodities

Exposure is defined as OTC Deriva-
tives (positive gross replacement
values), secured and unsecured.

Exposure is defined as Gross Loans to Banks and Customers, Contingent Liabilities, Unutilized Irrevocable Commitments,
Unsecured OTC Derivatives (gross replacement value + add-on), Tradable Assets (net long) without Security Lending.

In  line  with  its  investment  banking  strategy,
two-thirds of the Warburg Dillon Read exposure
is  to  the  financial  intermediation  industry.  The
remainder  is  well-diversified,  with  the  public
sector  accounting  for  some  6%.  The  lending
portfolio is of high credit quality, with the non-
investment grade exposure restricted to high-yield
and leveraged finance transactions.

In view of the particular risks involved in over-
the-counter  (OTC)  derivative  contracts,  UBS
maintains careful control over all OTC exposures
entered into and limits this business to top-qual-
ity  counterparties.  The  largest  part  (37.6%)  of
such  contracts  have  a  residual  maturity  of  less
than  one  year  and  in  most  cases  the  maximum
tenor is below seven years. (Refer to Note 28 on
page  85  for  a  detailed  breakout  of  instruments
and  tenors.)  Longer-dated  contracts  constitute

exceptions to policy and are available to sover-
eign counterparties or counterparties of the high-
est credit quality only. Certain long-dated trans-
actions were also assumed as part of the Global
Equity  Derivatives  (GED)  business.  Under  the
current post-merger business policy, UBS contin-
ues to deal with certain hedge funds provided its
exposure is fully collateralized either by cash or
by government bonds of particular OECD coun-
tries.

Private and Corporate Clients Division

This  segment  represents  the  UBS  domestic
home  market  for  small-  and  medium-sized  cor-
porate and retail clients. With the introduction of
risk-adjusted  pricing  following  the  merger,  the
rating  process  and  the  quality  of  counterparty
ratings  gained  increased  importance.  While  the

Distribution of Private and Corporate Clients Credit Risk Exposure by Counterparty Rating Class (1998)

in % of total portfolio

40%

35%

30%

25%

20%

15%

10%

  5%

  0%

AAA
“Investment Grade” Categories

AA

A

BBB

BBB–

BB+

C1
(S&P rating mapped to corresponding UBS master scale)

C4

C3

C2

C5

C6

BB

C7

BB–

C8

B+

C9

B

D0

CCC-C

D
B–
“Speculative Grade” Categories

D

D1

D2

D3

D4

Exposure is defined as Gross Loans to Banks and Customers, Contingent Liabilities, Unutilized Irrevocable Commitments,
Unsecured OTC Derivatives (gross replacement value + add-on), without Tradable Assets and Security Lending.

37

Review of Risk Management and Control

Private and Corporate Clients 
Mortgage Portfolio by
Type of Property (1998)

23%

28%

49%

Residential (single-family homes)
Residential (multi-family homes)
Commercial

Mortgage loan utilizations are broken
down by collateral type.

Private and Corporate Clients 
Credit Risk Exposure 
by Industries (1998)

3%

3%

5%

5%

10%

10%

44%

20%

Private households
Construction and real estate
Manufacturing
Others*
Financial intermediation
Wholesale and retail
Hotels and restaurants
Public administration 
* includes health and social work, 
* community, social and personal 
* services, transport, storage and  
* communications.

Exposure is defined as Gross Loans to
Banks and Customers, Contingent
Liabilities, Unutilized Irrevocable Com-
mitments, Unsecured OTC Derivatives
(gross replacement value + add-on),
without Tradable Assets and Security
Lending.

38

quality of the entire loan portfolio continues to
show the impact of the recessionary environment
in Switzerland of the past seven years at the tail
end  of  the  rating  scale,  about  58%  of  the  per-
forming part of the loan portfolio is judged to be
of investment grade quality (C5 and better-rated).
The concentration of exposures in the rating class 
C5 reflects to a large extent our exposure to the
residential mortgage market in Switzerland.

In terms of industry distribution the Private and
Corporate Clients portfolio continues to be domi-
nated by loans extended to private households, of
which about 91% are in the form of mortgages.

The  improving  macroeconomic  environment
during 1998 is evident in a further decline of the
Swiss bankruptcy rate. Coupled with a continu-
ing low interest rate scenario and a stable outlook
we  expect  an  improvement  of  the  overall  Swiss
loan portfolio in 1999.

Private Banking

Private Banking credit risk exposure of CHF
30.2 billion consists of collateralized lending and
trading products of CHF 25.7 billion and mort-
gages on single-family homes of CHF 4.5 billion.
Eligible  collateral  for  any  Private  Banking
exposure is limited to cash, money market claims
and  precious  metals  as  well  as  marketable  and
negotiable securities, all of which are to be duly
pledged  and  assigned  to  UBS.  Specific  haircuts
(margins)  apply  to  different  categories  of  col-
lateral  in  different  countries.  Due  to  the  sub-
stantial  stock  market  decline  in  August  and
September 1998, margin calls were initiated and
–  in  cases  where  those  were  not  honored  –
adequate allowances created. The overall quality
of this portfolio is very high.

Swiss Bankruptcy Rates (1977–1998)

in % of total registered companies

1.4%

1.2%

1.0%

0.8%

0.6%

0.4%

0.2%

0.0%

7
7
9
1

0
8
9
1

5
8
9
1

0
9
9
1

5
9
9
1

8
9
9
1

Source: Creditreform, SHAB

Number of bankruptcies from registered firms divided by
total number of registered companies.

Country risk

As  a  result  of  the  global  character  of  its
business,  Warburg  Dillon  Read  incurs  transfer
risk  exposure  to  a  wide  range  of  economies.
UBS’s definition of country exposure includes all
cross-border  positions  of 
loans,  derivative
products  and  traded  products  as  well  as  UBS
Group  internal  cross-border  positions.  96%  of
such  cross-border  exposure  relates  to  major
OECD  countries  rated  S0–S2  (corresponding
to public  ratings  of  AAA–A+),  where  the  risk
of default  is  deemed  negligible.  The  remaining
4% risk exposure to emerging markets is closely
monitored  on  an  ongoing  basis  and  within
stringent risk limits (country ceilings) approved
by  the  BoD.  In  addition,  all  new  transactions
with  counterparties  located  in  these  countries
require  sign-off  by  the  respective  country  risk
managers  in  addition  to  the  standard  counter-
party credit approval.

UBS Selected Emerging Markets Exposures (1998)

CHF million

Indonesia
Russia

Argentina, Brazil, Colombia, 
Ecuador, Peru, Venezuela

Mexico

Malaysia, Philippines, 
South Korea, Thailand

Total 
exposure

Tradable 
assets 1

Trade 
finance 2

Allowan-
Financial ces & pro- 
visions

risk 3

Coverage Reduction
of total
of finan-
exposure
cial risk
in % since 1997

824
339

5,542

2,634

2,939

22
128

90

317

183

43
116

2,923

498

759
95

2,529

1,819

161

2,595

500
91

485

94

358

66
96

19

5

14

( 969 )
( 1,097 )

( 1,782 )

( 266 )

( 1,791 )

1 Equity and fixed income products in the trading book, marked-to-market daily.    2 Letters of credit, export credits, short-term advances in
financing of exports and imports.    3 Includes all balance sheet lending (including money market lending) as well as derivatives and repos.

Review of Risk Management and Control

UBS Transfer Risk Exposure by 
Country Rating Classes (1998)

100% = CHF 882 billion

100% = CHF 32 billion

loss severity is significantly lower than in the case
of longer-dated exposures. UBS is confident that
the current provisioning level for the most affect-
ed economies is suitably conservative.

1%

35%

20%

Settlement risk

4%

96%

Industrial (S0–S2)
Emerging (S3–S14)

44%

Latin America
Asia Pacific
Europe, Middle East, Africa
Others

Transfer Risk includes Loans, Contingent Liabilities, Deriva-
tives Products (gross replacment value + add-on) and Tradable
Assets, to both third parties and intergroup companies.

Following  the  Asian  crisis  in  the  second  half 
of 1997, UBS had already taken active steps to limit
new business in all emerging markets and to reduce
its existing emerging market exposures prior to the
crisis spreading to Russia and Latin America in the
second half of 1998. Total emerging markets expo-
sure was thus reduced by CHF 5 billion or about
14% from the end of 1997 onwards. During the
same period, country ceilings previously available
for business with emerging countries were reduced
by 30%. UBS’s approach to country risk manage-
ment follows the guidelines of the Swiss Bankers’
Association which allow banks to evaluate provi-
sion levels for transfer risk based on their own port-
folio scenarios. UBS has established specific scenar-
ios for each country which assess the current and
future probability of a default due to country risk
incidents  or  country-specific  systemic  risks  on  a
regular basis. The appropriate provisioning level is
then determined by taking into account the type of
product  involved  as  well  as  the  loss  severity  in-
herent in each product.

Events in a number of emerging markets in the
second half of the year including in particular the
declaration by Russia in August 1998 of a mora-
torium  on  all  government  debt  repayments
caused UBS to increase its country risk provisions
substantially.

The table on page 38 provides an overview of
the status of emerging market exposures and pro-
visioning  levels  as  at  year-end  1998  together 
with a quantification of the exposure reductions
achieved since the beginning of the year.

UBS’s exposure to emerging markets includes a
large share of short-term trade finance, where the

Settlement  risk  is  defined  as  the  risk  that  a
counterparty fails to deliver cash or securities or
to honor third-party payments upon conclusion
of a transaction.

UBS  measures,  manages  and  controls  settle-
ment risk by way of counterparty-specific settle-
ment  risk  limits  in  accordance  with  standards
set by the Bank for International Settlements for
all Foreign exchange, Precious metal and Cross-
currency rates swap trades.

The settlement risk analysis graph shows the
average  daily  settlement  volumes  together  with
the  total  annualized  expected  loss  assigned  for
settlement risk. Exposure reductions are achieved
through  the  use  of  bilateral  netting  agreements
and other mitigating techniques. The significant
reduction of net expected loss in the fourth quar-
ter was the result of a successful re-negotiation of
netting  and  other  arrangements  with  target
clients immediately following the legal merger.

Settlement Risk Analysis (1998)

M
P
&
X
F

)
d
e
z
i
l

a
u
n
n
A

(

s
e
s
s
o
L

d
e
t
c
e
p
x
E

n
o

i
l
l
i

m
F
H
C
n

i

120

100

  80

  60

  40

  20

    0

120

100

  80

  60

  40

  20

    0

M
P
&
X
F

l

s
e
m
u
o
V
y
l
i

a
D
e
g
a
r
e
v
A

n
o

i
l
l
i

b

F
H
C
n

i

8
9

l

u
J

8
9

g
u
A

8
9

t
p
e
S

8
9

t
c
O

8
9

v
o
N

8
9
c
e
D

Settlement risk residual expected losses
Settlement risk reduction achieved
Average daily settlement volume

Classified credit portfolio 

The Classified credit portfolio consists of posi-
tions where there is a high probability of partial or
full loss to UBS. The portfolio includes positions
rated D2 (“substandard”), D3 (“doubtful”) and
D4 (“loss”), reflecting an increasing degree of loss
severity.  Typically,  substandard  exposures  carry
allowances for credit risk of up to 20%, doubtful
exposure  of  up  to  80%  and  loss  exposure  of
100% of the unsecured portion. 89% of the Clas-

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Review of Risk Management and Control

Summary of Classified Credit Risk Exposure (1998)

CHF million

Private and Corporate Clients
Warburg Dillon Read
Private Banking
Corporate Center

Total

sified credit portfolio is attributed to the Private
and Corporate Clients Division, 10% to Warburg
Dillon Read. The remaining 1% relates to sundry
positions  managed  directly  by  the  Corporate
Center.

UBS maintained the conservative approach of
both predecessor banks in assessing and managing
its credit risk portfolio. As part of the harmoniza-
tion  of  the  credit  loss  methodology  of  the  two
predecessor  banks,  the  previously  established
ACRA reserve of CHF 2.1 billion of Swiss Bank
Corporation  was  earmarked  for  specific  provi-
sioning needs of the Private and Corporate Clients
and  the  Warburg  Dillon  Read  portfolios.  As  the
recovery units started their assessment work at an
accelerated  pace  after  the  legal  merger  was  con-
summated, all but CHF 300 million of these Spe-
cial  Reserve  pools,  including  the  Special  Reserve
pool created by the former Union Bank of Switzer-
land,  were  allocated  to  specific  positions  of  the
previously defined workout portfolios as well as to
country risk provisions.

In the international portfolio, the rapid deteri-
oration of emerging market economies caused a
substantial  increase  in  individual  counterparty
allowances and write-offs and / or country provi-
sions, primarily in Asian markets, in Russia and
to  a  smaller  extent  in  Latin  America.  Overall
credit risk costs amounted to CHF 4.3 billion, of
which CHF 3.3 billion was funded from existing
allowances, resulting in a net credit loss expense
of CHF 951 million.

Substandard (D2) Doubtful (D3)

Loss (D4)

Total

4,688
958
0
117

5,763

6,602
954
14
26

7,582

13,553
896
1
12

24,843
2,808
15
155

14,461

27,806

2 Market Risk

Market risk is the risk which UBS faces as a
result  of  adverse  movements  in  the  value  of  its
foreign  exchange,  marketable  securities  and
derivatives  positions.  UBS  incurs  market  risk
mainly  through  its  trading  activities,  which  are
centered in the Warburg Dillon Read Division.

UBS  measures  its  exposure  to  market  risk
using the framework of expected loss, statistical
loss  and  stress  scenario  loss  as  indicated  in  the
chart on page 41. In the context of market risk,
expected losses are the value adjustments made to
the  portfolio  to  adjust  for  price  uncertainties
resulting from a lack of market liquidity or the
absence of a reliable market price for a particular
instrument. Statistical loss is measured based on
a value at risk (VaR) methodology, which is also
used  to  calculate  the  regulatory  capital  require-
ment for UBS’s market exposure. Stress scenario
loss is defined as the risk of an extreme market
move affecting particular predefined market vari-
ables. In order to keep UBS exposure to market
risk  within  acceptable  boundaries,  the  BoD  has
set limits on the Group’s exposure to particular
stress scenarios.

UBS calculates the value at risk associated with
its exposure to market risk and consequently also
its  regulatory  capital  requirement  using  the  his-
torical simulation technique. Value at risk is cal-
culated both on a 1-day 99% confidence interval
and  a  10-day  99%  confidence  interval,  and  the
latter is used both for internal limits setting and

Credit Risk Costs by Division (1998)

CHF million

Counterparties
Countries

Total risk costs

Funded through:
Risk Pool UBS 96
Risk Pool SBC 96 (ACRA)

Net credit loss expense

Private &  

Corporate Clients

Warburg
Dillon Read

Private
Banking

2,980
–

2,980

1,331
1,252

397

812
422

1,234

–
728

506

48
–

48

–
–

48

Total

3,840
422

4,262

1,331
1,980

951

40

Review of Risk Management and Control

Expected, Statistical and Stress Scenario Loss

Warburg Dillon Read Revenue and VaR (1998)

Risk-
adjusted
outcome

Expected
outcome

Outcome with
predefined statistical
probability

e
m
o
c
t
u
o

f
o

y
c
n
e
u
q
e
r
F

Description of
exposure type

Measurement
methodology

Risk control
action

Expected loss

Statistical loss
«Outcome»

Stress scenario loss

Income

Loss

Expected cost
of exposure to
risk

Average
expected 
loss

Acceptable exposure 
to possibility of loss

Exposure to 
extreme events

Value at risk 
methodology

Stress loss scenario
analysis

Charged to
P/L

Controlled by use of 
VaR limits

Protection 
provided by 
stress loss limits

for calculating regulatory capital. The calculation
incorporates  both  the  risk  from  general  market
moves  such  as  moves  in  foreign  exchange  rates,
equity indices and market interest rates as well as
the risk from price movements that are specific to
an individual issuer. A simplified process was put in
place from mid-February to estimate the value at
risk for the combined exposures of Union Bank of
Switzerland and Swiss Bank Corporation. A com-
plete value at risk estimation process was however
operational as from the date of the merger.

UBS’s daily trading profit and loss and market
risk exposure following the merger reflects the sig-
nificant volatility which occurred in financial mar-
kets between August and October. This was pri-
marily  associated  with  the  Russian  crisis  in  Sep-
tember as a result of which emerging market debt
traded at extremely low levels which in turn led to

Warburg Dillon Read Daily Revenue Distribution (1998)

Frequency in number of days

CHF million

200

0

–200

–400

–600

–800

–1000

–1200

–1400

Six months ended 31 December 1998

10-day VaR
  1-day VaR

1-day Revenue
Capital

unprecedented  spikes  in  equity  volatilities.  The
subsequent record one-day move in the USD / JPY
exchange  rate  contributed  further  to  market
volatilities. During this period of adverse trading
conditions  there  were  three  days  when  the  daily
loss exceeded the one-day value-at-risk measure. In
response to these market conditions, UBS reduced
its  risk  appetite  and  risk  exposure.  As  a  result,
despite the widespread increase in the volatility of
market  prices,  UBS’s  overall  VaR  utilization  fell
from CHF 260 million at the end of June to CHF
214 million at year end.

While UBS uses a value-at-risk measure as the
principal  measure  of  its  exposure  to  day-to-day
movements in market prices, the experience during
the  third  quarter  underlines  the  fact  that  these
measures are not designed to give an indication of
the  scale  of  loss  that  could  occur  in  the  unusual
case  of  extreme  market  moves.  For  this  reason,
UBS supplements its value-at-risk numbers with a
system of stress loss simulations in order to moni-
tor  its  potential  exposure  to  this  type  of  market

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

  5

  0

<–150

–150
to
–120

–120
to
–90

–90
to
–60

–60
to
–30

–30
to
0

0
to
30

30
to
60

60
to
90

90
to
120

120
to
150

>150

Revenue in CHF million

Six months ended 31 December 1998

41

 
 
Review of Risk Management and Control

Illustrative UBS Stress Scenario Market Moves

Country

Foreign exchange

Europe
North America
Japan
Emerging markets

Price

+/– 10%
+/–   5%
+/– 15%
+/– 40%

Interest rates

Libor/Govt.

+ – 100 bps
+/– 120 bps
+/– 100 bps
+ 500 / – 300 bps

Equity

Price

+/– 15%
+/– 15%
+/– 25%
+/– 40%

(+) = Market appreciation.    (–) = Market depreciation.

shock. These measures seek to assess the scale of
loss  which  UBS  might  face  in  the  event  of  large
movements  in  a  range  of  market  prices  such  as
equity indices, foreign exchange rates and interest
rates. In the light of the events of the third quarter,
UBS has revised the range of price changes which
it uses to calculate the exposure to stress loss and
has revised the relevant limit structures.

UBS  has  a  consistent  set  of  predefined  large
price movements (shocks) which apply to all the
major  risk  factors  to  which  UBS  is  exposed.  A
sample list of the type of price changes which are
used  as  the  basis  for  calculating  stress  losses  is
shown in the above table.

UBS also analyses the loss which it might face
in the event of certain predefined combinations of
adverse  market  moves.  These  scenarios,  which
are kept under constant review, include previous
significant adverse market movements such as the
European Monetary Union (EMU) crisis of 1993
and the more recent Asian and Russian crises as
well  as  other  possible  combinations  of  events
which might arise in the future. The purpose of
this analysis is to ensure that the possible losses
which UBS would face as a result of sharp adverse
market  moves  remain  within  the  overall  stress
loss limits which UBS has set for its exposure to
market risk.

3 Operational Risks

In addition to the risks discussed above, UBS
recognizes  the  existence  of  a  number  of  other
risks which affect its business and which are often
referred to as “operational risks”. At UBS we seek
to identify the main factors which might adverse-
ly affect the volatility of the Group’s earnings and
to manage each of these factors through the es-
tablishment of common Group-wide risk policies
and measurement methodologies. The particular
elements of operational risk which we have iden-
tified and which are covered by this process are
operations risk (sometimes referred to as transac-
tion processing risk), legal risk, compliance risk,
liability  risk,  information  technology  risk,  key
personnel risk and physical and crime risk.

Following the announcement of the merger at
the end of 1997, it was clear that UBS faced three
challenges that would significantly increase its ex-
posure to operations risk within a very short time
horizon: the integration of the two banks’ organi-
zations and infrastructures, the Euro implementa-
tion and Year 2000 remediation.In order to address
these challenges, a decision was reached at an early
stage about the system architecture which would
be employed following the merger. UBS has chosen
to use the former Union Bank of Switzerland oper-
ating  platform  within  Switzerland  and  the  SBC

Monitoring Operations Risk in Warburg Dillon Read  –  Illustrative Statistics (1998)

Number of fails / Nostro breaks

Number of trades

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Fails

Nostro breaks

Trade volume

42

Review of Risk Management and Control

Warburg  Dillon  Read  platform  outside  Switzer-
land. Following these decisions, a project manage-
ment structure was established in each division to
oversee the management of the three initiatives.

Integration

UBS recognized at the outset that there were
significant  risks  associated  with  the  merger
process  particularly  in  Private  and  Corporate
Clients and Warburg Dillon Read. The approach
adopted  in  managing  these  risks  in  Private  and
Corporate Clients is discussed on page 21.

In  Warburg  Dillon  Read  the 

integration
process  placed  significant  demands  on  the  IT
infrastructure  and  overall  transaction  processes.
The principal risk drivers were seen as being the
significant increase in transaction volumes and the
effect of staff instability on the control environ-
ment  surrounding  the  business  processes.  The
recognition of this increase in potential risk meant
that  senior  logistics  and  business  management
carried  out  a  preemptive  risk  assessment  and
implemented a series of risk mitigation initiatives.
Throughout  this  period  the  existence  of  a
robust reporting framework within Warburg Dil-
lon  Read  provided  full  transparency  both  pre-
and  post-integration,  enabling  operational  risks
to be identified and dealt with promptly. In addi-
tion,  before  the  integration  date  an  assessment
was made of the financial impact of the increased
risk. This led to heightened management aware-
ness  of  the  potential  cost  of  the  integration
process. These costs were realized in the course of
1998 or provided for in most locations and this
process will be extended to all locations in 1999.
The chart on page 44 shows an example of the
types of key risk indicators which form part of the
operations risk reporting framework.

Euro and Year 2000

In addition to the need to manage the risks aris-
ing  from  the  merger,  UBS  also  recognized  the
strategic  importance  of  actively  managing  the
inherent risks associated with the introduction of
the  Euro  and  the  Year  2000  problem.  Conse-
quently,  we  accorded  a  very  high  priority  to  the
work which was necessary to prepare for both of
these  events.  Throughout  1998,  projects  were
under way in each of the four divisions on both
the Euro and the Year 2000. In addition, the risk
issues associated with these projects were reviewed
on  a  monthly  basis  by  a  Group-wide  committee

chaired by the Chief Risk Officer. Overall expen-
diture on these two projects in 1998 amounted to
CHF 169 million for the Euro and CHF 493 mil-
lion for Year 2000 (projected cost for 1999: CHF
38 million and CHF 362 million, respectively).

In  preparation  for  the  Euro  conversion,  a
number  of  detailed  dress  rehearsals  were  con-
ducted in the course of November and December
1998. As a result, the introduction of the Euro at
the start of 1999 progressed extremely smoothly
in all divisions. The work to amend the operating
systems was undertaken according to plan. There
were no material operational problems once deal-
ing in the Euro started on 4 January 1999, put-
ting UBS in a strong position to handle Euro busi-
ness and to focus on other strategic initiatives.

In the context of the Year 2000, UBS also made
substantial progress in the course of 1998 in reme-
diating and testing its own software and hardware.
As the table on the page 44 shows, by the end of
1998, over 60% of the work on UBS’s critical sys-
tems worldwide had been completed. UBS expects
that work on the remaining critical systems will be
substantially completed by mid-1999.

However, UBS is also aware that the successful
transition to the Year 2000 is dependent on UBS’s
own  suppliers  and  customers  also  having  made
appropriate preparations. In this context, UBS has
taken an active role in encouraging its key suppli-
ers to address the Year 2000 issue as actively as
possible. As indicated on page 36, UBS has also
undertaken an extensive review of its credit expo-
sure both within Switzerland and internationally
in order to assess the extent to which UBS might
be exposed to loss in the event that its customers
were themselves adversely affected by Year 2000-
related  issues.  In  the  case  of  international  cus-
tomers  where  UBS  has  concerns  about  the  cus-
tomer’s preparedness, if after further investigation
these  have  not  been  satisfactorily  resolved,  UBS
will take appropriate measures to mitigate its risk.
A  similar  review  process  is  being  undertaken  to
ensure  that  banks  and  depositories  which  UBS
uses  to  conduct  its  international  securities  and
payments activities are suitably prepared.

Within Switzerland where UBS has a significant
exposure  to  small  and  medium-sized  enterprises
Private and Corporate Clients Division is engaged
in a program of customer awareness to encourage
these  customers  to  take  the  necessary  steps  to
address the Year 2000 problem. In addition UBS
will be undertaking a broad customer information

43

Review of Risk Management and Control

Year 2000 Quantitative Progress Assessment for UBS 1

as at 31 December 1998; in %

Phase

Organization plans

Current status

Forecast

6.98 9.98 12.98

3.99 6.99

6.98 9.98 12.98

12.98

3.99 6.99 9.99 12.99

Developing a stra-
tegic approach

Creating organiza-
tional awareness

Assessing actions
and developing
detailed plans

Renovating sys-
tems, applications 
and equipment

Validating 
renovation 
through testing

Implementing 
tested, 
compliant systems

1 Mission critical systems.

100

100

100

100

94

98

99

100

89

95

98

99

100

58

76

95

99

100

52

68

87

89

98

100

24

64

88

96

100

21

41

68

74

93

100

20

54

79

92

100

17

38

61

69

89

97

99

100

program  to  provide  the  necessary  information
to reassure  customers  and  counterparties  about
UBS’s own preparedness. This includes a website
(http://www.ubs.com/y2k.html) which  provides
updated  information  on  the  UBS  program  in
accordance  with  the  standard  for  self  disclosure
established  by  the  Global  2000  Co-ordinating
Group.

Despite the efforts that UBS is taking on its own
account to limit its risk to Year 2000 related prob-
lems, as an internationally active bank with activ-
ities in a large number of countries, UBS is depend-
ent  on  the  preparations  which  are  under  way  in
these countries to ensure that the critical elements
of the country’s infrastructure on which the finan-
cial sector depends such as electricity, water and
telecommunications supply are able to handle the
Year 2000 date change satisfactorily. Our analysis
shows that the state of awareness and preparation
varies  significantly  from  country  to  country.  For
this reason, UBS has taken a leading role in estab-
lishing  the  Global  2000  Co-ordinating  Group
which is encouraging governments and key suppli-
ers to address these issues as actively as possible.

At the same time, since it is not possible for any
firm to state that complete Year 2000 compliance
has been achieved, and thus to guarantee the effec-
tiveness of its remediation efforts, UBS recognizes
the importance of preparing for the probability that
some problems will arise in the transition to Year

2000. Accordingly, in the course of 1999, UBS will
be devoting significant efforts to ensure that its con-
tingency arrangements are as robust as possible.

Measuring operational risks

As  an  integral  part  of  the  Risk  Management
Framework UBS is in the process of introducing a
generic  operational  risk  modelling  framework
(which is illustrated in the simplified chart below).
The framework, which consists of a number of
sophisticated techniques, will provide a means to
more accurately assess the level of risks faced and
ensure that it is in line with UBS’s risk appetite and
risk-bearing capacity. In addition, it can provide
the  foundation  for  evaluating  the  risk  transfer
mechanisms available to UBS. In particular, this
approach  enables  UBS  to  evaluate  whether  the
insurance  market  offers  an  appropriate  option
for transferring part of its operational risks.

Generic Operational Risk Management Framework

Risk modelling
approach

groups risks into

Risk categories

and identifies

Exposure
determining
factors

Risk measures

Stress scenario
loss

Statistical loss

Expected loss

Risk management 
activities

Monitor exposure

Monitor limits

Optimize risk
profile

Improve
processes

Obtain insurance

44

Review of Asset
and Liability
Management

Review of Asset 
and Liability Management

With its centralized

approach to asset and lia-

bility management, UBS

ensures cost-efficient

funding on a global scale

for all UBS entities and

adequate liquidity to ful-

fill payment obligations

even in periods of finan-

cial stress. Other benefits

include optimal allocation

of capital to comply with

Funding,  capital  and  balance  sheet  manage-
ment activities are centrally managed to optimize
UBS’s  financial  resources.  Centralizing  Group-
wide  internal  and  external  treasury  functions
provide the following advantages:
– Overall Group funding costs are as low as possible.
– Liquidity management within the Group is opti-

mized.

– Interest rate management is based on standard-
ized risk processes and transfer pricing to allow
cost-efficient risk management.

– Currency management is optimized by capturing
the  netting  potential  of  the  Group’s  foreign
currency positions.

– Regulatory capital requirements can be efficient-

ly managed at all levels.

The overarching goals shaping the basic funding,
liquidity, interest rate, capital and foreign exchange
management policies are: 
– Continued stability in financing.
– Fostering the long-term, forward-looking man-

agement of risk positions in the CFO area.

regulatory requirements,

– Compliance with legal and regulatory require-

as well as efficient man-

ments.

agement of interest-sen-

Funding and Liquidity Management

sitive assets and liabilities,

and exchange risk.

46

The aim of liquidity management is to ensure
sufficient liquidity to repay debt in a timely man-
ner,  while  preserving  the  option  of  exploiting
potential strategic market opportunities. In order
to  comply  at  all  times  with  its  payment  obliga-
tions, UBS prudently manages its liquidity posi-
tion for different scenarios, taking stress factors
into due consideration.

UBS  analyzes  the  evolution  of  the  liquidity
profile over a time-frame of three months, with
the heaviest emphasis on the first two weeks. The
analysis gives assurance that the current liquidity
position should be more than adequate to cover
short-term liabilities even in difficult conditions.
A  significant  stock  of  highly  liquid  and  redis-
countable  securities  is  maintained  that  can  be
converted into cash at short notice at no signifi-
cant market loss to the bank.

Liability  management  ensures  a  cost-efficient
and continuous financing of the balance sheet. The
funding  strategy  is  based  on  a  broad  array  of
sources, diversified by geographical, product, cur-
rency, maturity, and other factors. This results in a
well-balanced portfolio of liabilities that generates

stable financing and helps the bank ride out mar-
ket disruptions. To reduce reliance on unsecured
short-term  borrowing,  short-term  funding  relies
increasingly  on  collateralized  borrowing,  that  is,
repurchase and securities lending transactions. 

During 1998, UBS issued senior medium- and
long-term debt totalling CHF 8.4 billion, compared
to CHF 8.3 billion in 1997. Market turmoil during
the months August, September and October made
it difficult to raise more funding at the target costs.
During 1998 medium- and long-term debt totalling
CHF 4.7 billion matured. There was no issuance 
of lower Tier 2 debt this year, compared to CHF 
2.9 billion in 1997. The bank did launch two asset-
backed  transactions,  “Eisberg”  and  “TELL”,  by
which  a  loan  portfolio  of  USD  2.5  billion  and  a
mortgage portfolio of CHF 250 million were secu-
ritized, releasing regulatory capital.

Interest Rate Management

including  differences 

Interest rate risk is inherent to most UBS busi-
nesses. Interest rate risks arise from a variety of
in  the  timing
factors, 
between the contractual maturity or repricing of
assets, liabilities and derivative instruments. Net
interest income is affected by changes in market
interest rates, given that the repricing character-
istics of loans and other interest-earning assets do
not  necessarily  match  those  of  deposits,  other
borrowings  and  capital.  In  the  case  of  floating-
rate assets and liabilities, UBS is also exposed to
basis  risk,  which  is  the  difference  in  repricing
characteristics of two floating rate indices, such
as  the  savings  rate  and  six-month  LIBOR.  In
addition,  certain  UBS  products  have  embedded
options that affect their pricing and principal.

The CFO Area manages the Group’s non-trad-
ing interest rate risk. With regard to interest rate
risk, the Board of Directors reviews and approves
risk management policies, risk limits and the con-
trol framework. We have established a compre-
hensive  interest  rate  risk  management  process
that identifies and monitors non-trading interest
rate risk. A key element of this process is that it
allows only a limited number of authorized busi-
ness units to actively manage interest risk. 

The UBS approach is to capture all interest rate
risks  at  business  origination  and  allocate  them
either to Warburg Dillon Read’s trading book or to
the Corporate Center’s bank book. This process is

Review of Asset 
and Liability Management

formalized by a Group-wide funds transfer pricing
system, based on the following principles:
– Synergies  between  the  divisions  are  utilized

whenever possible.

– The interest rate risks of front units in all divi-
sions are transfer-priced to central books by a
uniform funds transfer pricing system at inter-
nal bid/ask rates.

– Interest rate risks are transferred whenever pos-
sible directly into Warburg Dillon Read’s trad-
ing book.

– Interest  rate  risks  associated  with  client  busi-
ness  with  undefined  maturities  are  hedged  by
pooled transactions via the Corporate Center. 
– All interest rate risks which are neither product-
nor  trading-related  are  consolidated  in  the
Corporate Center (such as the funding of bank
premises).
The above principles are implemented by
segregating  all  transactions  into  three  categories:
(1)  client  business  with  fixed  maturities  (such  as
fixed-term  mortgages),  (2)  client  business  with
undefined  maturities  (such  as  saving  accounts),
and  (3)  non-interest-bearing  or  non-business  bal-
ance  sheet  items (such as bank premises, share-
holders’ equity).

Client  business  with  fixed  maturities: UBS
policies require all transactions with determined
roll-over or maturity dates to be matched back-
to-back  with  Warburg  Dillon  Read’s  trading
book. IT systems ensure the on-line link between
the client and the internal hedge transaction. This
allows UBS to increase efficiency by capturing the
netting potential between balance sheet and trad-
ing products. In this way, fixed-rate balance sheet
products  become  part  of  the  trading  book.
Because the trading book positions are regulated
by the Market Risk Management department of
the Chief Risk Officer Area and Warburg Dillon
Read, they are no longer subject to balance sheet
management in the CFO Area. 

Client  business  with  undefined  maturities:
These  products  have  no  contractual  maturity
date, their interest rates are not directly market-
linked,  and  they  may  have  various  embedded
options. Therefore, back-to-back hedges fail due
to  the  lack  of  adequate  hedging  products  and
indices. To solve this problem, UBS has created
replicating  portfolios  to  approximate  the  cash
flow behavior of these positions. Their function
is  to  mirror  the  risk  profile  of  complex,  non-
maturing  client  accounts  and  to  translate  them

into  portfolios  of  revolving  fixed-rate  trans-
actions. Any core deposit behavior then becomes
transferable  and  manageable.  All  replicating
portfolios are pooled in the Corporate Center. 

The replicating portfolios are updated month-
ly  by  adding  new  aggregated  tranches  to  the
maturing ones. Counterparties to the Corporate
Center  are  either  the  divisions  (such  as  Private
Banking  and  Private and Corporate Clients for
saving deposits) or service entities such as Corpo-
rate Real Estate. Corporate Center itself hedges
the bank book by means of internal transactions
with  the  Warburg  Dillon  Read  trading  book.
Owing  to  the  large  size  of  these  transactions,
these risks cannot be hedged instantly. Therefore,
the CFO Area is also subject to risk limits in the
process of bridging any mismatches between the
replicating (benchmark) portfolios and the effec-
tive hedge portfolios at Warburg  Dillon  Read.
Resulting gains or losses are reported on an ac-
crual basis in the financial statements.

Non-interest-bearing or non-business balance
sheet items: In contrast to the above-mentioned
client  businesses,  non-interest-bearing  or  non-
business balance sheet items, such as real estate
and  investments,  bear  no  explicit  interest  rate
risk. This is due to the fact that these items have
neither  a  contractual  maturity  nor  any  link  to
market rates. Therefore, the effective maturities
of these items are determined by the Group Exec-
utive Board, which takes a strategic view on their
assumed term to divestment. On the basis of this
decision,  all  these  items  are  also  replicated  by
benchmark portfolios so as to initiate the respec-
tive funding activity at the Corporate Center. The
Group  Executive  Board  also  decides  how  to
invest  the  bank’s  equity,  and  the  period  of  that
investment. As at 31 December 1998 the bank’s
equity has been invested in a portfolio of fixed-
rate  deposits  with  an  average  duration  of  1.9
years.  The  net  interest  income  of  the  bank  is
therefore affected by the actual average interest
rate generated by these replicating portfolios.

Currency Management

As  UBS  operates  in  a  CHF  accounting  envi-
ronment, pays CHF dividends, and reports on a
CHF  basis,  the  CFO  Area  manages  UBS  on  a
CHF operational basis. Based on this, the corpo-
rate currency management is designed as follows:

47

Review of Asset 
and Liability Management

48

Key Capital Figures and Ratios

31.12.1997

30.6.1998

31.12.1998

BIS Tier 1 capital (CHF million)
BIS Total capital (CHF million)
BIS Risk-weighted assets (CHF million)
BIS Tier 1 ratio (in %)
BIS Total capital ratio (in %)

28,749
43,089
345,904
8.3
12.6

30,549
44,085
345,680
8.8
12.8

28,299
40,385
288,296
9.8
14.0

Translation (balance sheet) currency risk: For-
eign assets (business unit or non-financial assets)
must  be  capable  of  being  divested  at  any  time
without negative currency impacts. To eliminate
foreign exchange impacts on investments/divesti-
tures  of  such  assets,  UBS  match-funds  foreign
currency assets in the respective currency.

The match-funding principle is also applied to
foreign  investments  (or  foreign  investments  in
third  companies).  This  strategy,  together  with
consistent  foreign  dividend / capital  repatriation,
ensures that UBS equity is invested in CHF.

Transaction (revenues / costs) currency risk: As
a management principle, internal budgets (expres-
sed  in  CHF)  must  be  comparable  to  current
results  (expressed  in  CHF)  which  means  that  a
stabilized currency environment must be provid-
ed for the management of the bank. The budget-
ed  annual  foreign  currency  net  profits  in  local
(reporting)  currency  are  managed  centrally
against the CHF within the given directives of the
Group Executive Board. As UBS is managed on a
global functional basis, the corresponding budget
rates (implied from the  budgeted  annual  foreign
currency net profits in CHF) are used for the per-
formance measurement of  the  divisions/business
units during the financial year. This ensures that
for internal comparability the reference currency
is CHF for all divisions. During the year, actual
results  are  continuously  monitored  and  major
budget deviations must be communicated to the
CFO Area for adjustments to the opening posi-
tions to enable the CFO Area to take the neces-
sary pro-active steps to cover any open currency
positions. 

Capital Management

UBS  manages  its  capital  to  maintain  a  Bank
for International Settlements (BIS) Tier 1 ratio of
8.5% – 9.0%.  UBS  is  in  a  healthy  position  with

regard to its capital goals. Should additional cap-
ital be required, it can be raised easily, thanks to
the bank’s capital structure. 

UBS  is  regulated  by  the  Swiss  Federal  Banking
Commission  (FBC)  which  has  stricter  capital
requirements than the BIS. As a consequence, UBS’s
risk-weighted assets according to the FBC rules are
significantly higher than the internationally accept-
ed  BIS  standards  demand.  Therefore,  additional
Tier 2 capital has been raised on occasion to satis-
fy FBC requirements, although UBS satisfies the BIS
requirement with its Tier 1 capital base alone.

As can be inferred from the above table, UBS’s
BIS Tier 1 ratio increased by 1.5 percentage points
to  9.8%  as  of  31  December  1998  year-on-year.
The significant reduction in the second half was
mainly  due  to  a  reduction  of  the  risk-weighted
asset  base  following  a  down-sizing  of  the  in-
ternational loan book. (For more detailed infor-
mation  see  also  page  94,  Note  34e  Capital
Adequacy.) 

Divisional capital allocation

With regard to steering the divisions, UBS has
a  sophisticated  value-at-risk  system  for  trading
risk in place at the divisional level. In addition,
looking  beyond  capital  allocation  on  a  regula-
tory level, we are continuously evolving models
for  economic  capital  allocation  to  provide  a
more consistent approach and a more meaning-
ful  basis  for  capital  allocation  than  regulatory
capital. 

Treasury stock

Positions in treasury stock are held mainly to
cover  employee  share  plans  and  future  acquisi-
tions.  Additionally,  within  the  capital  manage-
ment process, treasury stock is one of the drivers
used  to  fine-tune  the  capital  requirement  to  BIS
Tier 1 ratio targets. UBS will consider investments
in its own shares for equity amounts exceeding its
target BIS Tier 1 ratio range (8.5% – 9%).

UBS Group 
Financial Statements

UBS Group Financial Statements
Table of Contents

Financial Statements
Table of Contents

Group Financial Review

Financial Statements

Income statement
Balance sheet
Statement of changes in equity
Statement of cash flows

Notes to the Financial Statements

52

56

56
57
58
59

60

1

2
3
4

Summary of the significant accounting 
60
policies and principles
64
Harmonization of accounting policies
Segment reporting by business division
65
Segment reporting by geographical location 66

Income statement
5
6
7
8

Net interest income
Net fee and commission income
Net trading income
Other income, including income 
from associates
Operating expenses
Earnings per share

9
10

Balance sheet: assets
11 Money market paper
12a Due from banks and loans to customers
12b Allowance for credit losses
12c Non-performing loans
13

Cash collateral on securities 
borrowed and lent
Repurchase and reverse repurchase
agreements
Trading portfolio
Financial investments
Investments in associates
Property and equipment
Intangible assets and goodwill
Other assets

14

15
16
17
18
19
20

50

67
67
67
68

68
69
69

70
70
70
71
72

73

73
73
74
74
75
75
75

UBS Group Financial Statements
Table of Contents

Balance sheet: liabilities
21
22
23
24
25

Due to banks and customers
Long term debt
Other liabilities
Provisions, including restructuring provision
Income taxes

75
75
76 
79
79
80

Balance sheet: equity
26 Minority interests
27

Shareholders’ equity

Off balance sheet and other information
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

Derivative instruments
Pledged assets
Fiduciary transactions
Commitments and contingent liabilities
Operating lease commitments
Litigation, including Holocaust 
Financial instruments risk position
Interest rate risk
(a)
Credit risk
(b)
Currency risk
(c)
Liquidity risk
(d)
(e)
Capital adequacy (BIS)
Fair value of financial instruments
Retirement benefit plans and 
other employee benefits
Equity participation plans
Related parties
Post balance sheet date events
Significant subsidiaries and associates
Significant currency translation rates
Swiss banking law requirements
The Year 2000 challenge

35
36

37
38
39
40
41
42
43

Report of the Group Auditors

81
81
81

83
83
86
86
87
88
88
89
89
90
92
93
94
95

97
99
100
100
101
103
104
105

106

51

UBS Group Financial Statements
Group Financial Review

Group Financial Review

Overview

– UBS  Group  realized  a  profit  after  taxes  and
minorities  of  CHF  3.0  billion  in  1998.  This
compares to CHF 4.8 billion for the prior year,
excluding  the  after-tax  impact  of  the  1997
restructuring provision. 

– UBS’s return on equity for 1998 is 10.3%, com-
pared to 14.5% in 1997 (adjusted for after-tax
impact of the restructuring provision).

– Total  net  operating  income  fell  10%,  or  CHF
2.6 billion, to CHF 22.3 billion in 1998. Excep-
tional revenue losses incurred from Long Term
Capital Management (LTCM) and other excep-
tional  items  in  trading  income  offset  positive
developments in net fee and commission income
and the exceptional gain on the sale of BSI.
– Total  operating  expenses  before  restructuring
provision decreased 2%, or CHF 378 million,
to CHF 18.3 billion year-on-year. This includes
a CHF 842 million provision for the US settle-
ment regarding the role of Swiss banks during
and  after  World  War  II,  as  well  as  a  total  of
CHF  662  million  in  costs  associated  with  the
Year  2000  and  Euro  projects.  Merger-related
cost reductions are estimated to have exceeded
CHF 1 billion. 

– The  cost-income  ratio  increased  to  78.4%  in
1998 from 71.2% in 1997 (adjusted for after-
tax impact of restructuring provision).

– Group-wide  assets  under  management 

in-
creased  by  a  remarkable  4%,  or  CHF  60  bil-
lion, to CHF 1.6 trillion, despite third-quarter
market  turbulence  and  some  negative  impact
from the merger.

Income Statement 

Net interest income 

Overall, net interest income showed a decline
of  approximately  4%,  or  CHF  274  million,  to
CHF  6.7  billion,  year-on-year.  The  two  major
contributory  factors  are  the  divestitures  of
Prokredit and Aufina in Switzerland and a lower
rate of return on invested equity.

Credit loss expense 

The credit loss expense decreased by 26% to
CHF 951 million in 1998 from CHF 1,278 mil-
lion  in  1997.  The  credit  loss  expense  improved
because  of  positive  developments  in  the  overall

Swiss  economic  situation  and  tightened  credit
procedures at both predecessor banks in the past.
This was offset in part by the rapid deterioration
in  emerging  market  economies  which  caused  a
substantial  increase  in  individual  counterparty
allowances and/or country provisions. Total risk
costs  increased  to  CHF  4,262  million  in  1998
from CHF 3,720 million in 1997. Total risk costs
were funded by previously established allowan-
ces  of  CHF  3,311  million  in  1998  versus  CHF
2,456 million in 1997. All but CHF 300 million
of both predecessor banks’ 1996 Special Review
Pools have been allocated to specific positions of
the previously-defined workout portfolios.

For more detailed information please see the
discussion and table in the Review of Risk Man-
agement and Control on pages 39–40.

Net fee and commission income

Net fee and commission income increased 3%,
or  CHF  392  million,  to  CHF  12.6  billion  over
1997. Generally stable asset-related fees – includ-
ing investment fund unit fees, portfolio and other
management  and  advisory  fees,  custodian  fees
and fiduciary fees – increased around 23% as a
result  of  strong  marketing  efforts,  assets-under-
management growth, and certain first-time con-
solidations. 

Brokerage fees fell 12%, or CHF 475 million, to
CHF 3.7 billion partly due to disappointing condi-
tions in the second half and partly due to contin-
ued conscious efforts to transfer revenue sources
toward asset-related rather than transaction-relat-
ed business through pricing and other measures.

Underwriting  and  corporate  finance  fees

remained mostly stable at CHF 1.6 billion.

Income from credit-related fees and commis-
sions decreased by 30%, or CHF 234 million, to
CHF 559 million as emerging market exposures
were reduced.

Net trading income 

Net trading income fell by 68% to CHF 1,750
million compared to the prior year. Principal con-
tributors to this were the exposure to the hedge
fund  Long  Term  Capital  Management  (LTCM)
and the positions in the Global Equities Deriva-
tives (GED) book. Please see the Review of Risk
Management  and  Control  for  more  detailed
information. 

The reduction in net trading income was driv-
en by the loss in fixed income due to the full-year

52

UBS Group Financial Statements
Group Financial Review

LTCM write-down of CHF 793 million and other
losses in emerging markets. Equities fell 35% to
CHF 0.7 billion as a result of the negative impact
of the CHF 762 million in full-year 1998 losses
from  the  GED  portfolio.  Foreign  exchange  and
banknotes declined 23% to CHF 1.8 billion. Pre-
cious  metals  and  commodities  also  showed  a
decline of 89% to CHF 28 million due mainly to
the wind-down of the latter business in Warburg
Dillon Read (see pages 14–19).

Other income, including income 
from associates

Other income increased 50%, or CHF 744 mil-
lion, to CHF 2.2 billion. Net income from invest-
ments  in  financial  assets  increased  strongly.  The
most significant contributory factor were gains on
the  divestment  of  several  subsidiaries,  including
CHF  1.0  billion  from  BSI-Banca  della  Svizzera
Italiana. Investment income from property, gains
on  the  sale  of  private  equity  investments  (UBS
Capital), and net income from associated compa-
nies also all showed significant increases.

Eliminating the gain from the sale of BSI, other
income would have fallen 18%, or CHF 270 mil-
lion. This is mostly because of the remaining CHF
367 million write-down on LTCM and the write-
down of CHF 75 million on the cross-sharehold-
ing  position  with  Long-Term  Credit  Bank  of
Japan. 

Personnel expenses 

Personnel  expenses  showed  a  substantial
decrease of 15%, or 1.7 billion, to CHF 9.8 bil-
lion  in  1998.  Decreases  in  personnel  expenses
were  due  to  a  significant  headcount  reduction
resulting  from  the  merger,  several  divestments
and also to lower levels of incentive compensa-
tion charged to the Income Statement on account
of disappointing results. 

General and administrative expenses 

General  and  administrative  expenses 
in-
creased  24%,  or  CHF  1.3  billion,  year-on-year.
The reasons for this are, firstly, the CHF 842 mil-
lion provision for the US settlement regarding the
role of Swiss banks during and after World War
II  and,  secondly,  total  costs  associated  with  the
Year 2000 and Euro projects (around 60% of a
total CHF 662 million is booked under general
and  administrative  expenses).  Merger  benefits
have yet to be fully realized as the physical con-
solidation  of  premises  within  Switzerland  only
started in the second half of 1998. 

Depreciation and amortization 

Depreciation and amortization increased 4%,
or CHF 63 million, to CHF 1.8 billion over 1998.
The reduction in property and equipment depre-
ciation was more than offset by regular and some
accelerated  amortization  of  goodwill  on  several
acquisitions  including  Brinson  Partners,  Bruns-
wick in Russia and Omega in Brazil. 

Tax expense

UBS  Group  incurred  a  tax  expense  of  CHF
1,045  million.  The  effective  tax  rate  is  higher
than in 1997 due to tax losses in locations where
no tax benefit could be booked, as well as signif-
icant deferred tax expenses arising from amorti-
zation of deferred tax assets associated with the
restructuring  provision,  allowances  for  credit
losses and other provisions. 

Restructuring provision

At the time of the merger, a restructuring pro-
vision of CHF 7 billion was established to cover
expenses resulting from reductions in personnel,
elimination of duplicate IT infrastructures, merg-
ing of bank premises and various other restruc-
turing costs. 

Restructuring Provision Usage During 1998

CHF million

Personnel

Private and Corporate Clients
Warburg Dillon Read 
Private Banking
UBS Brinson
UBS Capital
Corporate Center

Group total

82
1,750
104
14
2
72

2,024

IT

468
293
32
4

797

Premises

Other

Total usage
31.12.1998

11

4

252

267

156
339
7

437

939

717
2,382
147
18
2
761

4,027

53

During 1998, CHF 4 billion of the provision
was utilized. CHF 2 billion were for personnel-
related  measures,  including  severance  payments
for redundancies made during the year, and spe-
cial payments and lock-in agreements to maintain
stability  in  the  workforce  during  the  vital  inte-
gration period. In addition, our budgets assumed
a merger-related shortfall of investment banking
net income in 1998. This shortfall did materialize
in the third quarter and, in accordance with plan,
the restructuring provision was utilized to fund a
certain amount of performance-related compen-
sation. CHF 797 million was applied toward inte-
gration projects and write-offs of equipment no
longer used, mostly at Warburg Dillon Read and
Private and Corporate Clients. CHF 267 million
was applied to the write-down in value of prem-
ises no longer used, and CHF 939 million was for
additional  costs  associated  with  exiting  certain
businesses,  as  well  as  merger  administration
costs. A full divisional breakout is shown above.
UBS  sees  the  CHF  7  billion  as  sufficient  to
cover  merger-related  expenses  and  expects  to
fully utilize this amount over the next two years.

Balance Sheet 

Assets

During 1998, total assets decreased by 13%,
or  CHF  142  billion  to  CHF  944.1  billion  for

three major reasons. First, UBS Group conscious-
ly  reduced  its  credit  risk  exposure  mainly  to
international counterparties, which is reflected in
a decrease of the total loan portfolio by 6%, or
CHF 21 billion. The trading portfolio has been
decreased by 23%, or CHF 48 billion in the sec-
ond half of 1998 as a result of adjusting UBS mar-
ket risk appetite. Market conditions also affected
a change in our customers’ risk appetite. Further-
more,  financial  investments  decreased  46%,  or
CHF 5.8 billion, as a result of the sale of non-core
businesses and the realization of certain private
equity investments.

Liabilities

Due to customers decreased 9%, or CHF 28
billion, to CHF 275 billion. This is mainly caused
by clients reallocating funds to other investment
products due to low interest rates and the impact
of the lower USD against the Swiss franc; a minor
part of the decrease is due to client defections.

Shareholders’ equity

Shareholders’ equity increased by 5%, or CHF
1.5 billion, to CHF 32.4 billion in 1998 before
dividend payments. Treasury shares amounted to
CHF 1.5 billion in 1998, a decrease of 25% or
CHF 500 million, year-on-year. Please refer to the
capital  management  section  of  the  Review  of
Assets and Liability Management Section on page
48. 

UBS Group Financial Statements
Group Financial Review

54

UBS Group Financial Statements

55

UBS Group Financial Statements
Financial Statements

Financial Statements

UBS Group Income Statement

CHF million

Operating income
Interest income
Less: Interest expense

Net interest income
Less: Credit loss expense

Total

Net fee and commission income
Net trading income
Other income, including income from associates

Total 

Operating expenses
Personnel 
General and administrative
Depreciation and amortization

Total 

Operating profit before restructuring costs and tax

Restructuring costs

Operating profit / (loss) before tax

Tax expense / (benefit)

Group profit / (loss)

Less: Minority interests

Net profit / (loss)

Basic earnings per share (CHF)
Diluted earnings per share (CHF)

Note

1998

1997

Change

%

5

6
7
8

9
9
9

25

26

22,835
16,173

6,662
951

5,711

12,626
1,750
2,241

22,328

9,816
6,617
1,825

18,258

4,070

4,070

1,045

3,025

( 5)

3,030

14.31
14.23

23,669
16,733

6,936
1,278

5,658

12,234
5,491
1,497

24,880

11,559
5,315
1,762

18,636

6,244

7,000

( 756 )

( 105 )

( 651 )

16

( 667 )

( 3.18 )
( 3.18 )

( 834 )
( 560 )

( 274 )
( 327 )

53

392
( 3,741 )
744

( 2,552 )

( 1,743 )
1,302
63

( 378 )

( 2,174 )

( 4 )
( 3 )

( 4)
( 26 )

1

3
( 68 )
50

( 10 )

( 15 )
24
4

( 2 )

( 35 )

( 7,000 )

( 100 )

4,826

1,150

3,676

( 21 )

3,697

17.49
17.41

–

–

–

–

–

–
–

56

UBS Group Financial Statements
Financial Statements

UBS Group Balance Sheet

CHF million

Note

1998

1997

Change

%

Assets
Cash and balances with central banks
Money market paper
Due from banks
Cash collateral on securities borrowed
Reverse repurchase agreements
Trading portfolio
Positive replacement values
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses
Financial investments
Accrued income and prepaid expenses
Investments in associates
Property and equipment
Intangible assets and goodwill
Other assets

Total assets

Total subordinated assets

Liabilities
Money market paper issued
Due to banks
Cash collateral on securities lent
Repurchase agreements
Trading portfolio liabilities
Negative replacement values
Due to customers
Accrued expenses and deferred income
Long term debt
Other liabilities

Total liabilities

Minority interests

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Share premium account
Less: Treasury shares
Foreign currency translation differences
Retained earnings

Total shareholders’ equity

Total liabilities, minority interests 
and shareholders’ equity

Total subordinated liabilities

11
12
13
14
15
28
12
16

17
18
19
20

21
13
14

28
21

22
23, 24, 25

26

27

3,267
18,390
68,495
91,695
141,285
162,588
169,936
247,926
6,914
6,627
2,805
9,886
2,210
12,092

4,638
36,353
66,582
82,656
216,355
210,738
149,538
270,917
12,693
7,712
2,724
10,964
1,430
13,114

(1,371 )
(17,963 )
1,913
9,039
(75,070 )
(48,150 )
20,398
(22,991 )
(5,779 )
(1,085 )
81
(1,078 )
780
(1,022 )

944,116

1,086,414

(142,298 )

496

2,357

(1,861 )

51,527
85,716
19,171
137,617
47,033
205,080
274,850
11,232
50,783
27,722

55,600
159,634
14,140
191,793
68,215
170,162
302,516
9,956
54,284
28,154

(4,073 )
(73,918 )
5,031
(54,176 )
(21,182 )
34,918
(27,666 )
1,276
(3,501 )
(432 )

910,731

1,054,454

(143,723 )

990

1,033

(43 )

4,300
13,740
1,482
(456)
16,293

32,395

4,296
13,260
1,982
(111 )
15,464

30,927

4
480
(500 )
(345 )
829

1,468

944,116

1,086,414

(142,298 )

13,652

14,375

(723 )

(30 )
(49 )
3
11
(35 )
(23 )
14
(8 )
(46 )
(14 )
3
(10 )
55
(8 )

(13 )

(79 )

(7 )
(46 )
36
(28 )
(31 )
21
(9 )
13
(6 )
(2 )

(14 )

(4 )

0
4
(25 )
311
5

5

(13 )

(5 )

57

UBS Group Statement of Changes in Equity

CHF million

1998

1997

Shareholders’ equity at beginning of the 
year as previously reported by the combining banks:
Former Union Bank of Switzerland
Former Swiss Bank Corporation

Total

Changes at beginning of the year due 
to the harmonization of accounting policies 

Shareholders’ equity at beginning of the year 
restated for harmonization of accounting policies

Currency translation differences

Net profit / (loss)

Dividends paid
Capital increase / (repayment)
Acquisition of Treasury Shares, cost
Disposal of Treasury Shares, cost
Premium on disposal of Treasury Shares
Options and shares issued
Premium from options and convertible bonds
Reclassification of minority interests
Other

Total movements in shareholders’ equity during the year

–
–

–

–

22,707
11,742

34,449

(293 )

30,927

34,156

(345)

3,030

(2,201)
4
(2,796)
3,296
369
0
111
0
0

(1,217)

(44 )

(667 )

(800 )
(795 )
(3,172 )
1,892
129
50
358
(175 )
(5 )

(2,518 )

Shareholders’ equity at the end of the year

32,395

30,927

UBS Group Financial Statements
Financial Statements

58

UBS Group Statement of Cash Flows

CHF million

Cash flow from operating activities
Net profit / (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile to cash used in operating activities

Non cash items included in net profit / (loss):

Depreciation and amortization
Provision for credit losses
Income from associates
Net gains included in cash flows from investing activities

Increase / (decrease) in operating assets:

Net due from (or to) banks
Reverse repurchase agreements
Trading portfolio
Loans due to (or from) customers
Accrued income, prepaid expenses and other assets

Net increase / (decrease) in operating liabilities:

Money market paper issued
Repurchase agreements 
Accrued expenses, deferred income and other liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities
Purchase of investments in subsidiaries and associates
Purchase of property and equipment
Disposal of subsidiaries and associates
Disposal of property and equipment
Net (increase) / decrease in financial investments

Net cash flow from (used in) investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities
Net movements in Treasury Shares
Capital increase
Capital repayment
Dividends paid
Premium on capital increase
Issue of long-term debt
Repayment of long-term debt

Net cash flow from (used in) financing activities
Effects of exchange rate differences

Net increase / (decrease) in cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

Cash and cash equivalents comprise:
Cash and balances with central banks
Money market paper
Bank deposits maturing in less than 3 months

Income taxes paid

UBS Group Financial Statements
Financial Statements

1998

3,030

1,825
951
(301)
(1,803)

(65,172)
66,031
41,488
(5,626)
2,107

(4,073)
(49,145)
1,444

(9,244)

(1,202)
(1,818)
1,422
1,138
6,134

5,674

869
4
0
(2,201)
111
5,566
(9,068)

(4,719)
(386)

(8,675)
92,354

83,679

3,267
18,390
62,022

733

1997

(667 )

1,762
1,278
(432 )
(438 )

22,503
(52,440 )
(38,388
)
2,865
(1,385 )

23,303
24,594
6,852

(10,593 )

(1,349 )
(1,785 )
765
1,101
(731 )

(1,999 )

(1,151 )
50
(795 )
(800 )
358
17,155
(9,105 )

5,712
(571 )

(7,451 )
99,805

92,354

4,638
36,353
51,363

1,185

59

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

60

Notes to the 
Financial Statements

Note 1  Summary of the Significant Accounting Policies and Principles

a) Basis of accounting

The consolidated financial statements are stat-
ed in Swiss francs, the currency of the country in
which  UBS  is  incorporated.  The  consolidated
financial statements have been prepared in accor-
dance  with  and  comply  with  International
Accounting Standards.

UBS AG was formed on 29 June 1998 when
Swiss  Bank  Corporation  and  Union  Bank  of
Switzerland  merged.  The  UBS  consolidated
financial  statements  were  prepared  using  the
pooling of interests method of accounting. Due to
the merger, the Group harmonized its accounting
policies  which  have  then  been  retrospectively
applied for the restatement of comparative infor-
mation and opening retained earnings at 1 Janu-
ary 1997.

b) Consolidation method

The Group consolidated financial statements
comprise  those  of  the  parent  company  and  its
subsidiaries presented as a single economic enti-
ty. Subsidiaries are companies which are directly
or  indirectly  controlled  by  the  Group.  Sub-
sidiaries acquired during the year are consolidat-
ed  from  the  date  control  passes.  Companies
which are acquired and held with a view to their
subsequent disposal are recorded at the lower of
cost or market value as financial investments.

The  effects  of  intra-group  transactions  are
eliminated  in  preparing  the  Group  financial
statements. Equity and net income attributable to
minority  interests  are  shown  separately  in  the
balance sheet and income statement respectively.

c) Offsetting

Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  are
presented  separately.  Assets  and  liabilities  are
offset only when the Group has a legal right to
offset amounts with the same counterparty, and
transactions are expected to be settled on a net
basis.

d) Trade date/settlement date accounting

When the Group becomes party to a contract
in  its  trading  activities  it  recognizes  from  that
date  (“trade  date”)  any  unrealized  profits  and
losses arising from revaluing that contract to fair
value. These unrealized profits and losses are rec-
ognized in the income statement.

In addition to the trade date, spot and forward
trading  transactions  involve  a  subsequent  date
(“settlement  date”),  which  can  vary  between  a
number of days to many months. On the settle-
ment date, the terms of the contract are fulfilled
and a resulting financial asset or liability is rec-
ognized on the balance sheet at the fair value of
the consideration given or received. 

e) Foreign currency translation

Foreign currency transactions are recorded at
the rate of exchange on the date of the transac-
tion.  At the  balance  sheet  date,  monetary  assets
and  liabilities denominated  in  foreign  currencies
are  reported  using  the  closing  exchange  rate.
Exchange differences arising on the settlement of
transactions at rates different from those at the
date  of  the  transaction,  and  unrealized  foreign
exchange differences on unsettled foreign curren-
cy monetary assets and liabilities, are recognized
in the income statement.

Assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  entities  are
translated  at  the  exchange  rates  at  the  balance
sheet  date,  while  income  statement  items  and
cash flows are translated at average rates over the
year. Differences resulting from the use of these dif-
ferent exchange  rates  are  recognized  directly  in
Currency translation differences within Sharehold-
ers’ Equity.

f) Business and geographical segments

Business segments: for management purposes
the Group is organized on a world-wide basis into
five major operating businesses. The divisions are
the basis upon which the Group reports its pri-
mary  segment  information.  Financial  informa-
tion on business segments is presented in Note 3.
Intersegment transfers: Segment revenue, seg-
ment expenses and segment performance include
transfers between business segments and between
geographical  segments.  Such 
transfers  are
accounted  for  at  competitive  market  prices
charged  to  unaffiliated  customers  for  similar
services. Those transfers are eliminated on con-
solidation.

The  business  and  geographical  segments  are
presented  in  accordance  with  IAS  14,  Segment
reporting, as revised 1997.

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

g) Securities borrowing and lending

Securities borrowed and lent that are collater-
alized by cash are included in the balance sheet at
amounts  equal  to  the  collateral  advanced  or
received.

Income arising from the securities lending and
borrowing  business  is  recognized  in  the  income
statement on an accrual basis.

h) Repurchase and reverse 
repurchase transactions

The Group enters into short-term purchases of
securities under agreements to resell and sales of
securities  under  agreements  to  repurchase  sub-
stantially  identical  securities.  Securities,  which
have been sold subject to a repurchase agreement,
continue  to  be  recognized  in  the  balance  sheet
and  are  measured  in  accordance  with  the
accounting policy for trading balances or finan-
cial assets as appropriate. The proceeds from the
sale of these securities are treated as liabilities and
included in Repurchase Agreements.

Securities  purchased  subject  to  commitments
to  resell  at  a  future  date  are  treated  as  loans
against that security and are included in Reverse
Repurchase Agreements.

Interest  earned  on  reverse  repurchase  agree-
ments and interest incurred on repurchase agree-
ments is recognized as interest income and inter-
est  expense  respectively  over  the  life  of  each
agreement. 

i) Trading portfolio

The  trading  portfolio  consists  of  debt  and
equity securities as well as of precious metals held
to meet the financial needs of our customers and
to take advantage of market opportunities. The
trading  portfolio  is  carried  at  fair  value.  Short
positions  in  securities  are  reported  as  Trading
portfolio liabilities. Realized and unrealized gains
and  losses,  net  of  related  transaction  expenses,
are recognized as Net trading income. Net trad-
ing  income  also  includes  interest  and  dividend
income as well as the funding costs for holding
these positions. 

j) Loans and the allowance for credit losses

Loans are initially recorded at cost. For loans
originated  by  the  bank,  the  cost  is  the  amount
lent to the borrower. For loans acquired from a
third party the cost is the fair value at the time of
acquisition.

Interest income on an unimpaired loan is rec-
ognized on an accrual basis. Interest includes the
amount of amortization of any discount or pre-
mium between the cost of a loan and its amount
at maturity and the amortization of any loan fees
and costs.

An impairment in a loan is recognized when it
becomes probable that the bank will not be able
to collect all amounts due according to the con-
tractual terms of the loan agreement. The carry-
ing amount of the loan is reduced to its estimat-
ed realizable value through a specific allowance.
The impairment is recognized as an expense for
the  period.  Loans  are  stated  at  their  principal
amount net of any allowance for credit losses.

A  loan  is  classified  as  non-performing  when
the  contractual  payments  of  principal  and/or
interest are in arrears for 90 days or more. After
the  90  day  period  the  recognition  of  interest
income ceases and a charge is recognized for the
unpaid and accrued interest receivable.

A write-off is made when all or part of a loan
is deemed uncollectible or in the case of debt for-
giveness.  Write-offs  are  charged  against  previ-
ously established allowances and reduce the prin-
cipal amount of a loan. Recoveries of loans writ-
ten off in an earlier period are included in income.

k) Financial investments 

Financial  investments  are  debt  and  equity
securities held for the accretion of wealth through
distribution  such  as  interest  and  dividends  and
for  capital  appreciation.  Financial  investments
also include real estate held for sale.

Debt securities held to maturity are carried at
amortized cost. If necessary, the carrying amount
is reduced to its estimated realizable value. Inter-
est income on debt securities, including amorti-
zation of premiums and discounts, is recognized
on an accrual basis and reported as Net interest
income.

Financial investments held for sale are carried
at the lower of cost or market value. Reductions
to market value and reversals of such reductions
up to cost as well as gains and losses on disposal
are included in Other income. Interest earned and
dividends  received  are  included  in  Net  interest
income.

Private Equity investments are carried at cost
less  write-downs  for  a  non-temporary  impair-
ment in value. Reductions of the carrying amount
and reversals of such reductions as well as gains

61

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

and  losses  on  disposal  are  included  in  Other
income.

l) Investments in associates 

Investments in associates in which the Group
has a significant influence are accounted for by
the  equity  method.  Investments  in  which  the
Group has a significant influence, but which are
acquired and held with a view to their subsequent
disposal are included in financial investments and
recorded at the lower of cost or market value. 

Investments  in  companies  where  the  parent
company does not hold a significant influence are
recorded  at  cost  less  value  adjustments  for  per-
manent declines in value.

Interests  in  jointly  controlled  entities  are
reported  using  the  equity  method  and  recorded
under investments in associates.

m) Property and equipment

Property  and  equipment  includes  properties,
computer and telecommunications equipment as
well  as  other  equipment,  fixtures  and  fittings.
Property  and  equipment  is  carried  at  cost  less
accumulated depreciation. 

Property  and  equipment  is  depreciated  on  a
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives
as follows: 

Buildings 

Not exceeding 50 years

Furnishings and fixtures 

Not exceeding 10 years

Leasehold and 
building improvements

Equipment

Not exceeding 10 years

Not exceeding 5 years

Major  renewals  and  improvements  are  capi-
talized, while maintenance and repairs are recog-
nized as expenses as incurred. Building improve-
ments  are  recorded  under  buildings,  whereas
leasehold  improvements  are  recorded  under
equipment and furniture. 

n) Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of
an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s
share of the net assets of the acquired subsidiary
or  associate  at  the  date  of  acquisition.  Good-
will
is recognized  as  an  asset  and  is  amor-
tized using  the  straight-line  basis  over  its  esti-
mated  useful  economic  life,  normally  5  years
and not more than 20 years. Goodwill and fair
value  adjustments  arising  on  the  acquisition  of 

foreign subsidiaries are treated as local currency
balances  and  are  retranslated  into  Swiss  francs
at the  closing  rate  at  subsequent  balance  sheet
dates.

Negative goodwill is deferred and recognized
in  the  income  statement  on  a  systematic  basis
over its estimated period of benefit, normally five
years and not more than 20 years.

o) Income taxes

Income  tax  payable  on  profits,  based  on  the
applicable tax laws in each jurisdiction, is recog-
nized as an expense in the period in which profits
arise. The tax effects on income tax losses avail-
able for carry-forward are recognized as an asset
when it is probable that future taxable profit will
be available against which those losses can be uti-
lized.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for tem-
porary differences between the carrying amounts
of assets and liabilities in the Group balance sheet
and their amounts as measured for tax purposes,
which  will  result  in  taxable  amounts  in  future
periods.  Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognized  for
in
temporary  differences  which  will  result 
deductible amounts in future periods, but only to
the  extent  it  is  probable  that  sufficient  taxable
profits will be available against which these dif-
ferences can be utilized.

Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  meas-
ured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to
the period in which the asset will be realized or
the liability will be settled. 

Current and deferred tax assets and liabilities
are  offset  when  they  arise  from  the  same  tax
reporting  group  and  relate  to  the  same  tax
authority and when the legal right to offset exists.
Current and deferred taxes are recognized as
tax income or expense except for deferred taxes
recognized  or  disposed  of  on  the  acquisition  or
disposal of a subsidiary.

p) Own shares and options on own shares

In the normal course of its equity trading and
market  making  activities,  the  Group  buys  and
sells  UBS  shares  and  options  on  those  shares.
These shares are held in Trading Assets similar to
other  trading  securities,  and  are  carried  at  fair
value.  Changes  in  fair  value  and  dividends
received  on  UBS  shares  in  the  trading  portfolio
are recognized as Net trading income.

62

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

In addition the Group holds its own shares for
non-trading  purposes,  for  instance  employee
compensation  schemes  and  other  strategic  pur-
poses. These shares are recorded within Treasury
Stock and are deducted from Shareholders’ Equi-
ty. Gains and losses on sales of Treasury Stock are
recognized in Share Premium. Dividends relating
to Treasury Stock shares are not recognized.

Options on own shares for strategic purposes
are recorded at market value under positive and
negative  replacement  values.  Gains  and  losses
thereon  are  recognized  in  the  share  premium
account.

q) Retirement benefits

The  Group  operates  a  number  of  funded  re-
tirement benefit plans which include characteris-
tics of both defined benefit and defined contribu-
tion plans. The Group’s minimum contributions
to such plans are determined under the terms of
the plan but the Group may be required to pro-
vide additional funding, if necessary, to meet the
level  of  benefits  set  out  in  the  plan  rules.  Inde-
pendent actuarial valuations are used to estimate
the present value of the promised retirement ben-
efits and of the plans assets.

The Group also operates a number of defined
contribution plans. Contributions to such plans
are recognized as expenses in the period to which
they relate.

r) Derivative instruments

Derivative instruments are carried at fair value
on  the  balance  sheet.  The  Group  enters  into
derivative  transactions  including  swaps,  futures
and  option  contracts  in  interest  rate,  foreign
exchange, equity, precious metal and commodity
markets.  Fair  values  are  obtained  from  quoted
market prices, discounted cash flow models and
option  pricing  models  as  appropriate.  The  fair
values of derivative instruments are shown in the
balance  sheet  as  positive  and  negative  replace-
ment values. Gains and losses, realized and unre-
alized,  are  recognized  in  net  trading  income  as
they arise. Valuation adjustments to cover credit
and  market  liquidity  risks  as  well  as  future
administration costs have been made.

Transactions in derivative instruments entered
into for hedging of non trading positions are rec-
ognized  in  the  income  statement  on  the  same
basis as to the underlying item being hedged.

63

Note 2  Harmonization of Accounting Policies

The  business  combination  of  Union  Bank  of
Switzerland  and  Swiss  Bank  Corporation  was
accounted  for  under  the  pooling  of  interest
method  of  accounting.  Under  the  pooling  of
interest method of accounting, a single uniform
set  of  accounting  policies  was  adopted  and
applied  to  all  periods  presented.  As  a  result  of
harmonizing  these  policies,  adjustments  were

required  for  the  accounting  for  treasury  shares,
netting of balance sheet items, repurchase agree-
ments, depreciation and employee share schemes.
The  impact  on  the  financial  statements  is
shown  in  the  table  below.  Details  of  the  shares
issued to effect the pooling of interests are shown
in Note 27.

CHF million

Shareholders’ equity as at 1 January 1997
Former Union Bank of Switzerland
Former Swiss Bank Corporation

Total Shareholders’ equity as previously reported

Impact of accounting policy harmonization

Shareholders’ equity restated as at 1 January 1997

Net loss for the 12 month period ended 31 December 1997
Former Union Bank of Switzerland
Former Swiss Bank Corporation

Total as previously reported

Impact of accounting policy harmonization

Net loss restated for the 12 month period ended 31 December 1997

Total assets as at 31 December 1997
Former Union Bank of Switzerland
Former Swiss Bank Corporation

Total assets as previously reported

Impact of accounting policy harmonization

Total assets restated as at 31 December 1997

1997

22,707
11,742

34,449

( 293)

34,156

( 129)
( 248)

( 377)

( 290)

( 667)

577,576
438,948

1,016,524

69,890

1,086,414

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

64

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 3  Segment Reporting by Business Division 

For the year ended 31 December 1998

Private
Banking

Warburg

Private &
Dillon Corporate
Clients
Read

UBS
Brinson

UBS Corporate
Center

Capital

CHF million

Operating income
Less: Credit loss expense 1

Total 

Personnel, general and
administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Total 

Segment performance before tax
Tax expense / (benefit)

Segment performance after tax
Less: Minority interest

Net profit / (loss)

7,223
26

7,197

2,605
256

2,861

4,336
737

3,599
0

3,599

6,987
500

6,487

6,984
524

7,508

(1,021)
(306 )

(715)
(9 )

(706)

7,025
1,170

5,855

3,999
948

4,947

908
154

754
0

754

Group
Total

23,279
951

296
(745 )

1,041

22,328

2,085
(15 )

16,433
1,825

2,070

18,258

(1,029)
317

(1,346)
4

4,070
1,045

3,025
(5 )

(1,350)

3,030

585
0

585

152
5

157

428
15

413
0

413

1,163
0

1,163

608
107

715

448
128

320
0

320

800
724

Other information as at 31 December 1998
107,772
Total assets 2
Total liabilities 2
106,197

685,921
675,041

173,028
164,865

1,800
1,513

(25,205 )
(36,619 )

944,116
911,721

1 In order to show the relevant divisional performance over time, adjusted expected loss figures rather than the net credit loss expense are
reported for all business divisions. The statistically derived adjusted expected losses reflect the inherent counterparty and country risks in the
respective portfolios. The difference between the statistically derived adjusted expected loss figures to the financially booked net credit loss
expenses at Group level is reported in the Corporate Center. The divisional breakdown of the net credit loss expense of CHF 951 million as
of December 1998 is as follows: Private Banking CHF 48 million, Warburg Dillon Read CHF 506 million, Private and Corporate Clients 
CHF 397 million.    2 The funding surplus / requirement is reflected in each division and adjusted in Corporate Center. 

To enable a more meaningful analysis of UBS’s results, the above business group results have been pre-
sented on a management reporting basis. Consequently, internal charges and transfer pricing adjust-
ments  have  been  reflected  in  the  performance  of  each  business  group.  The  basis  of  the  reporting
reflects the management of the business within UBS Group.

For the year ended 31 December 1997

Private
Banking

Warburg

Private &
Dillon Corporate
Clients
Read

UBS
Brinson

UBS Corporate
Center

Capital

CHF million

Operating income
Less: Credit loss expense 1

Total 

Personnel, general and
administrative expenses
Depreciation and amortization

Total 

Segment performance before tax
Tax expense / (benefit)

Segment performance after tax
Less: Minority interest

Net profit / (loss)

6,215
59

6,156

2,773
218

2,991

3,165
561

2,604
0

2,604

10,888
300

10,588

8,714
595

9,309

1,279
213

1,066
0

1,066

7,005
1,092

5,913

4,305
852

5,157

756
135

621
0

621

1,040
0

1,040

593
44

637

403
127

276
0

276

492
0

492

108
3

111

381
2

379
0

379

Group
Total

26,158
1,278

518
(173 )

691

24,880

381
50

431

260
357

(97)
16

(113)

16,874
1,762

18,636

6,244
1,395

4,849
16

4,833

1 Basically the same methodology as for the year 1998 Segment Reporting is applied. Due to the unavailability of some pre-merger data,
management estimates had to be used. 

The results do not take into account the merger provision and the merger impact to taxes. The net
loss of the whole Group including these items would be CHF (667) million. Private Banking and Pri-
vate and Corporate Clients figures for 1997 were restated in order to properly reflect the new client
segmentation (transfer of investment clients from Private Banking to Private and Corporate Clients).

65

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 4  Segment Reporting by Geographical Location

The  geographical  analysis  of  operating
income, total assets and capital investment given
below  is  based  on  the  location  of  the  office  in
which  the  transactions  and  assets  are  recorded.
Because of the global nature of financial markets,
the Group’s business is managed on an integrat-
ed basis world-wide, with a view to profitability
by  product  line.  The  geographical  analysis  of

operating income, total assets and capital invest-
ment is provided in order to comply with Inter-
national  Accounting  Standards,  and  does  not
fairly  reflect  the  way  the  Group  is  managed.
Management  believes  that  analysis  by  business
division,  as  shown  in  Note  3  to  these  financial
statements, is a more meaningful representation.

For the year ended 31 December 1998

Total operating income
Share %

CHF m

CHF m

221,945
409,780
216,989
95,402

75
8
11
6

Total assets
Share % 

Capital investment
Share %

CHF m

24
43
23
10

234
767
513
304

13
42
28
17

100

100

944,116

100

1,818

Switzerland
Europe / Africa / Middle East
Americas
Asia / Pacific

Total

16,838
1,691
2,548
1,251

22,328

66

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Income Statement

Note 5  Net Interest Income

CHF million

1998

1997

Interest income
Interest earned on loans and advances to banks
Interest earned on loans and advances to customers
Interest from finance leasing
Interest income from financial investments
Dividend income from financial investments
Other

Total  

Interest expense
Interest on amounts due to banks
Interest on amounts due to customers
Interest on medium and long-term debt
Less: Refinancing costs for trading positions

Total

Total

7,361
14,111
60
293
79
931

22,835

7,879
9,890
5,045
6,641

16,173

6,662

4,031
17,565
90
460
38
1,485

23,669

7,247
10,074
4,468
5,056

16,733

6,936

Note 6  Net Fee and Commission Income

CHF million

1998

1997

Credit-related fees and commissions
Guarantee and letter of credit commissions
Other

Total 

Security trading and investment activities fees
Underwriting and corporate finance fees
Brokerage fees
Fiduciary fees
Custodian fees
Portfolio and other management and advisory fees
Investment funds
Other

282
277

559

1,694
3,670
349
1,386
3,335
1,778
110

343
450

793

1,645
4,145
375
1,188
2,549
1,457
233

Total 

12,322

11,592

Commission income from other services
Total

Commission expense
Brokerage fees paid
Other

Total 

Total

776

704
327

1,031

12,626

784

694
241

935

12,234

67

Note 7  Net Trading Income

CHF million

Foreign exchange and bank notes
Fixed income
Equities
Precious metals / commodities

Total 

1998

1,765
( 762)
719
28

1,750

1997

2,306
1,843
1,098
244

5,491

Interest and dividends derived from the trading portfolio are included within Net trading income. The
funding costs for holding these trading positions are charged to Net trading income and credited to
Interest expense.

Note 8  Other Income, including Income from Associates

CHF million

1998

1997

Investments in financial assets (debt and equity)
Net income from disposal of private equity investments
Net income from disposal of other financial assets
Gains / (losses) from revaluation of financial assets

Subtotal
Net income from disposal of consolidated subsidiaries

Total

Investments in property
Net income from disposal of properties held for resale
Gains / (losses) from revaluation of properties held for resale

Subtotal
Net income from properties, excluding properties held for resale

Total

Investments in associates
Net income from investments in associates
Gains / (losses) from the disposal of investments in associates

Total

Other

Total

587
398
( 556)

429
1,149

1,578

33
( 106)

( 73)
328

255

377
( 30)

347

61

2,241

418
338
( 16 )

740
154

894

20
( 90 )

( 70 )
99

29

231
44

275

299

1,497

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

68

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

1998

7,203
535
421
614
201
842

9,816

822
390
820
759
262
537
1,792
1,235

6,617

1,483
342

1,825

18,258

1998

3,030

1997

8,932
365
536
580
143
1,003

11,559

830
460
819
794
306
528
1,464
114

5,315

1,623
139

1,762

18,636

1997

( 667 )

214,855,064
3,057,586

213,497,120
3,862,118

211,797,478

209,635,002

14.31

( 3.18 )

3,030
211,797,478

( 667 )
209,635,002

296,272
847,140

288,145
0

212,940,890

209,923,147

14.23

( 3.18 )

Note 9  Operating Expenses

CHF million

Personnel expenses
Salaries and bonuses
Contractors
Insurance and social contributions
Contributions to retirement benefit plans 
Employee share plans
Other personnel expenses

Total 

General and administrative expenses
Occupancy 
Rent and maintenance of machines and equipment
Telecommunications and transportation
Administrative expense
Marketing and public relations
Travel and entertainment
Professional fees, including IT outsourcing
Other

Total 

Depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment
Intangible assets and goodwill

Total

Total operating expenses before restructuring

Note 10  Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share calculation
Net profit for the year (CHF million)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Registered ordinary shares (nominal CHF 20)
Less: Treasury Shares

Weighted average shares for 
basic earnings per share (nominal CHF 20) 

Basic earnings per share (CHF)

Diluted earnings per share calculation
Net profit for the year (CHF million)
Weighted average shares for basic earnings per share (nominal CHF 20) 
Add:
Potential ordinary shares resulting from the issuance of outstanding options
Potential ordinary shares relating to employee plans 

Weighted average shares for 
diluted earnings per share (nominal CHF 20) 

Diluted earnings per share (CHF)

The weighted average number of shares is calculated based upon the average outstanding shares at
the end of each month. All share amounts, including comparatives, are restated in terms of new UBS
shares.

69

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

70

Balance Sheet: Assets

Note 11  Money Market Paper

CHF million

Swiss government treasury notes and bills
Money market placements
Other bills and cheques

Total

thereof eligible for discount at central banks

1998

9,568
8,262
560

18,390

16,512

1997

11,142
21,977
3,234

36,353

15,143

Note 12a  Due from Banks and Loans to Customers

The composition of the loan portfolio and the allowance for credit losses by type of exposure as at
31 December was as follows:

CHF million

Banks
Less: Allowance for credit losses

Total

Non-banks

Mortgages
Other loans 

Subtotal
Less: Allowance for credit losses

Total

Total net of allowance for credit losses

thereof subordinated

1998

69,543
1,048

68,495

140,785
120,636

261,421
13,495

247,926

316,421

133

1997

67,310
728

66,582

146,802
139,128

285,930
15,013

270,917

337,499

146

The composition of the loan portfolio by geographical region based on the location of the borrower
as at 31 December was as follows:

CHF million

Switzerland
Europe / Africa / Middle East
Americas
Asia / Pacific

Subtotal
Less: Allowance for credit losses

Total net of allowance for credit losses

1998

187,223
56,043
44,556
43,142

330,964
14,543

316,421

1997

353,240
15,741

337,499

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 12a  Due from Banks and Loans to Customers (continued)

The composition of the loan portfolio by type of collateral was as follows:

CHF million

Secured by mortgages
Collateralized by securities
Guarantees and other collateral
Unsecured

Subtotal
Less: Allowance for credit losses

Total net of allowance for credit losses

1998

145,247
13,185
27,953
144,579

330,964
14,543

316,421

1997

153,235
11,278
33,482
155,245

353,240
15,741

337,499

Note 12b  Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses developed as follows:

CHF million

Balance at beginning of year
Write-offs
Recoveries
Increase in for credit loss allowances
Net foreign exchange and other adjustments 1

Balance at end of year

1 Includes allowance for doubtful interest of CHF 423 million.

Specific Country risk
provision

allowances

14,566
2,312
59
710
70

13,093

1,175
9
1
422
(139)

1,450

Total

1998

1997

15,741
2,321
60
1,132
(69)

17,531
4,120
442
1,432
456

14,543

15,741

As  at  31  December  the  aggregate  allowances  and  provisions  were  apportioned  and  displayed  as
follows:

CHF million

As a reduction of due from banks
As a reduction of loans to customers

Subtotal
Included in other business risk provision related to commitments and 
contingent liabilities and other

Total aggregated allowances and provisions for credit losses

1998

1,048
13,495

14,543

435

14,978

1997

728
15,013

15,741

472

16,213

71

Note 12c  Non-Performing Loans

An analysis of changes in non-performing loans is presented in the following table:

CHF million

Non-performing loans at beginning of year
Net additions
Write-offs

Non-performing loans at end of year

1 Estimate based on harmonization of non-performing loan methodology.

1998

16,664
1,861
2,808

15,717

The non-performing loans by type of exposure as at 31 December were as follows:

CHF million

Banks

Non-banks

Mortgages
Other 

Subtotal

Total non-performing loans

1 Estimate based on harmonization of non-performing loan methodology.

1998

204

9,280
6,233

15,513

15,717

19971

16,664

19971

16,664

The  non-performing  loans  by  geographical  region  based  on  the  location  of  the  borrower  were  as
follows:

CHF million

Switzerland
Europe / Africa / Middle East
Americas
Asia / Pacific

Total non-performing loans

1 Estimate based on harmonization of non-performing loan methodology.

1998

14,023
352
1,066
276

15,717

1997

15,238 1
510
821
95

16,664

When principal and interest are overdue by 90
days, loans are classified as non-performing, the
recognition  of  interest  income  ceases  and  a
for
recognized  against 
charge 

income 

is 

the unpaid  interest  receivable.  Non-performing
loans are written down to their estimated recov-
erable amount. Unrecognized interest related to
such loans totalled CHF 423 million.

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

72

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 13  Cash Collateral on Securities Borrowed and Lent

CHF million

Cash collateral by counterparties
Banks 
Customers

Total 

1998
Securities
borrowed

1998
Securities
lent

1997

1997
Securities Securities
lent
borrowed

68,186
23,509

91,695

5,337
13,834

19,171

79,289
3,367

8,472
5,668

82,656

14,140

Note 14  Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements

CHF million

Agreements split by counterparties
Banks 
Customers

Total 

1998
Reverse repos

1998

1997
Repos Reverse repos

1997
Repos

107,565
33,720

77,942
59,675

149,170
67,185

102,964
88,829

141,285

137,617

216,355

191,793

Note 15  Trading Portfolio

Trading assets are carried at fair value. The following table presents the carrying value of trading
account assets as at 31 December.

CHF million

Debt instruments
Listed instruments (excluding own notes)
Own medium-term notes
Other unlisted instruments

Total

Equity instruments
Listed instruments (excluding own shares)
Own shares 1
Unlisted instruments

Total

Precious metals

Total

thereof eligible for discount at central banks

1 Number of registered shares 8,078,419 (1997: 598,495 [UBS], 3,034,660 [SBC]).

1998

1997

86,548
608
15,519

102,675

49,848
3,409
841

54,098

5,815

162,588

82,265

115,517
130
11,735

127,382

75,851
2,345
1,912

80,108

3,248

210,738

106,530

The Group trades debt, equity, precious met-
als, foreign currency and derivatives to meet the
financial needs of its customers and to generate
revenue  through  its  trading  activities.  Note  28
provides  a  description  of the  various  classes  of

derivatives  together  with  the  related  volumes
used  in  the  Group’s  trading  activities,  whereas
Notes  13  and  14  give  further  details  about  Re-
pos and Reverse Repos and Securities Lent and
Borrowed.

73

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

74

Note 16  Financial Investments

CHF million

Debt instruments
Listed 
Unlisted 

Total

Equity instruments
Listed 
Unlisted 

Total

Private equity investments
Properties held for resale

Total

thereof eligible for discount at central banks

1998

1,880
547

2,427

400
1,048

1,448

1,759
1,280

6,914

544

1997

5,386
3,227

8,613

699
866

1,565

1,286
1,229

12,693

4,213

The following table gives additional disclosure in respect of the valuation methods used.

CHF million

Valued in accordance with the accrual method
Debt instruments

Valued at the lower of cost or market value
Debt instruments
Equity instruments
Properties held for resale

Total

Valued at cost less value adjustments for 
other than temporary impairments
Private equity investments

Total 

1998
Book value Market value

1997

Book value Market value

1,530

1,551

8,613

8,687

897
1,448
1,280

3,625

1,759

6,914

907
1,552
1,369

3,828

2,574

7,953

–
1,565
1,229

2,794

–
1,574
1,229

2,803

1,286

12,693

1,903

13,393

Note 17  Investments in Associates

CHF million

Investments in associates
(equity method)
Other investments (carried at cost)

Total

Carrying
amount at
end of 1997

Equity
share of

profits Write-offs

Additions 

Carrying
amount at
Disposals end of 1998

2,542
182

2,724

225

225

5

5

59
138

197

205
131

336

2,621
184

2,805

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 18  Property and Equipment

CHF million

Bank premises 1
Other properties
Equipment and furniture 2

Total 3

Accumulated
depreciation
at end of
1997

3,943
573
5,446

9,962

Historical
cost

11,377
1,797
7,752

20,926

Carrying
amount
at end of
1997

7,434
1,224
2,306

10,964

Additions

Disposals

Depreciation,
write-offs

109
152
1,552

1,813

617
133
56

806

354
97
1,634

2,085

Carrying Accumulated
amount depreciation
at end of
1998

at end of
1998

6,572
1,146
2,168

9,886

4,096
656
3,867

8,619

1 Depreciation of current year before release of CHF 121 million against restructuring provision.    2 Depreciation of current year before release of CHF 481 million against restructuring provi-
sion.    3 Fire insurance value of property and equipment is CHF 14,941 million (1997: CHF 16,160 million).

Note 19  Intangible Assets and Goodwill

CHF million

Intangible assets
Goodwill

Total

Accumulated
amortization
at end of
1997

257
1,025

1,282

Historical
cost

513
2,199

2,712

Carrying
amount
at end of
1997

256
1,174

1,430

Additions

Disposals

Amortization,
write-offs

Carrying Accumulated
amount amortization
at end of
1998

at end of
1998

59
1,307

1,366

19
225

244

44
298

342

252
1,958

2,210

301
1,323

1,624

During the year we purchased the remaining partnership interests in Brinson as well as UBS Brinson Asset Management Co. Ltd in Tokyo,
Bank Omega (now Banco Warburg Dillon Read SA) in Brasil and a participation in Phildrew Ventures in London. The most significant
disposal is the sale of UBS Asset Management (France) SA.

Note 20  Other Assets

CHF million

Deferred tax assets 1
Settlement and clearing accounts
Other 

Total

1 Additional tax information is provided in Note 25.

Balance Sheet: Liabilities

Note 21  Due to Banks and Customers

CHF million

Due to banks

Amounts due to customers in the form of savings or deposits
Other amounts due to customers

Total due to customers

Total

1998

1,205
5,542
5,345

12,092

1997

2,074
4,562
6,478

13,114

1998

85,716

79,723
195,127

274,850

360,566

1997

159,634

87,343
215,173

302,516

462,150

75

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 22  Long Term Debt

Publicly placed bond issues of UBS AG (parent company) outstanding at the end of 1998

Year 
of issue

Interest
rate in %

Remarks

Maturity

Premature
redemption
possible

Currency

Amount
in millions

1980
1986
1986
1989
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1990
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1991
1992
1992
1992
1992
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1993
1994
1994
1994
1994
1994
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1995
1996
1996

3.750
5.000
3.000
6.375
7.000
7.250
0.000
7.500
0.000
6.750
7.500
7.000
5.000
7.000
7.000
4.250
6.750
6.750
7.250
7.000
7.500
7.000
4.750
4.875
4.000
3.500
5.125
3.000
2.750
6.250
2.000
4.500
5.000
5.375
7.000
8.000
5.250
8.750
5.750
4.500
8.750
5.500
6.750
7.375
7.500
4.500
7.000
2.500
4.000
5.625
5.000
5.250
5.000
4.375
3.500
2.000

Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated

Subordinated

Subordinated

Subordinated
Subordinated

Subordinated
Subordinated

Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated

Subordinated

Subordinated 
Subordinated 

Subordinated

Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated

Subordinated 

Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated

25.9.2000
10.2.2011
17.9.2001
21.12.1999
15.2.2000
15.3.2000
31.3.2020
7.6.2002
31.12.2019
31.7.2000
15.2.2003
4.9.2001
15.4.2001
20.2.2001
16.5.2003
25.6.2004
28.6.2001
20.9.2001
10.1.2004
6.2.2002
10.7.2002
16.10.2002
8.1.2005
3.3.2003
31.3.2003
31.3.2003
15.7.2001
26.11.2003
1.12.2000
6.1.2004
4.1.1999
5.5.1999
20.6.2000
7.9.2001
5.1.2000
17.2.1999
20.6.2003
20.6.2005
8.12.1999
21.12.2000
18.12.2025
15.2.2005
15.07.2005
15.7.2015
15.7.2025
21.11.2005
15.10.2015
18.10.2004
7.2.2005
13.4.2005
7.11.2006
18.7.2005
24.8.2005
7.11.2002
18.1.2000
23.8.2002

–
10.2.2001
17.9.1999
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
15.2.2001
–
–
20.2.1999
16.5.2001
–
28.6.1999
20.9.1999
10.1.2002
–
–
–
8.1.2003
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
USD
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
DEM
USD
CHF
GBP
DEM
CHF
GBP
CHF
USD
USD
USD
CHF
USD
JPY
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF

100
250
200
60
300
300
59.2
300
351
300
300
250
60
300
200
300
50
20
150
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
30
200
200
300
250
225
300
200
400
200
200
250
500
300
150
150
200
150
350
300
300
5,000
150
150
250
200
250
250
200
300.5

1, 17

2, 17

17

3, 17

17

17

3, 4, 17

17

3, 5, 17

18

17

17

17

18

18

18

18, 20

18, 21

17

18

18

18

18

18

18

18

18, 21

18

18

6, 17

18

18

18

18

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

17

7, 17

7, 17

7, 17

17

7, 17

3, 6, 17

18

18

18

18

18

18

6, 17

6, 9, 17

For footnotes see next page.

76

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 22  Long Term Debt (continued)

Publicly placed bond issues of UBS AG (parent company) outstanding at the end of 1998

Year 
of issue

Interest
rate in %

Remarks

Maturity

Premature
redemption
possible

Currency

Amount
in millions

1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1996
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1997
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998
1998

3.000
6.000
4.750
6.500
6.250
4.000
4.000
7.250
7.750
1.500
5.750
5.750
3.250
4.250
3.625
3.125
2.500
7.250
7.375
6.000
10.625
6.500
15.000
6.750
1.000
1.250
1.000
1.750
1.000
1.750
1.500
8.000
5.750
7.375
5.875
9.150
9.700
10.250
9.000
11.500
10.000
7.500
1.625
7.000
7.500
8.000
8.000
5.750
1.000
1.000
3.500

Subordinated 
Subordinated 

Subordinated 

Subordinated

Subordinated
Subordinated

Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated
Subordinated

7.2.2001
29.3.1999
31.12.1999
16.7.1999
18.10.2002
14.2.2006
18.4.2002
3.9.2006
3.9.2026
20.11.2003
9.12.1999
9.12.2006
20.12.2002
6.2.2006
10.4.2001
22.12.1999
20.12.2000
15.7.2006
15.6.2017
24.7.2000
28.1.1999
4.7.2002
10.3.1999
25.2.2000
17.9.2002
5.11.2002
7.8.2002
30.4.2001
15.3.2001
25.7.2001
14.1.2003
8.1.2007
12.3.2007
26.11.2004
18.8.2009
27.3.2000
27.4.2000
8.9.2000
14.9.2000
9.10.2000
21.12.2000
11.5.2001
14.5.2003
18.5.2001
10.7.2001
3.8.2001
17.8.2001
18.3.2002
17.2.2003
12.3.2003
27.8.2008

Footnotes
1 Floating rate
2  At 1021/2%
3  Private placement
4  Issue price 17.45%
5 Issue price 19.27%
6  Issued by UBS Jersey Branch
7  Issued by UBS New York Branch
8  Convertible into SMI Index
9  With options on Nikkei 225 Index
10  Convertible into UBS Industrial Basket
11  Convertible into European Bank Basket
12  Convertible into European Insurance

shares Basket

13  Convertible into Life Sciences Basket
14  Convertible into Eurotrack 100 Index
15  Convertible into Nikkei 225 Index
16  Indexed to UBS Currency Portfolio
17  Issued by former SBC
18  Issued by former UBS
19  Issued by UBS London Branch
20  Formerly Commercial Bank of Soleure
21  Formerly Regiobank beider Basel
22  Convertible into shares of ENI
23  Convertible into shares of Pirelli
24  GOAL on Daimler shares
25  GOAL on Rück shares
26  GOAL on CSG shares
27  GOAL on Pepsico shares
28  Convertible into UBS Oil Basket
29  GOAL on Novartis shares
30  GOAL on Roche GS
31  GOAL on UBS shares
32  GOAL on Zürich shares
33  Convertible into FTSE Index
34  Convertible into UBS Dutch Corporate

Basket

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

USD
USD
DEM
USD
USD
CHF
CHF
USD
USD
CHF
USD
DEM
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
USD
USD
USD
CZK
USD
ZAR
GBP
DEM
DEM
DEM
USD
DEM
USD
DEM
GBP
DEM
GBP
FRF
ITL
ITL
DEM
CHF
CHF
USD
CHF
USD
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
USD
XEU
NLG
CHF

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

17

17

7, 17

7, 17

6, 8, 17

6, 17

6, 17

17

18

18

18

18

7, 18

7, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 17

6, 10, 17

6, 11, 17

6, 12, 17

6, 13, 17

6, 14, 17

6, 15, 17

6, 16, 17

18, 19

18, 19

18, 19

18, 19

6, 22

6, 23

6, 24

6, 25

6, 26

6, 27

6, 25

6, 28

6, 29

6, 30

6, 31

6, 32

6

6, 33

6, 34

250
200
400
300
250
200
200
150
300
45
400
500
350
250
400
400
300
500
300
200
1,500
300
250
100
150
260
225
225
125
100
100
450
350
250
2,000
200,000
150,000
300
155
215
50
722
275
488
412.005
725
340
250
110
275
300

77

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 22  Long Term Debt (continued)

Publicly placed bond issues of UBS subsidiaries outstanding at the end of 1998

Year 
of issue

Interest
rate in %

Remarks

Maturity

Premature
redemption
possible

Currency

Amount
in millions

0.000
7.250
6.500
5.000

UBS Finance (Cayman Islands) Ltd., Grand Cayman
1991 1
1993 1
1994 1
1994 1
1997
1997
1997
1997

PIP on Biotech Basket
GROI on Russian Basket
PIP on Global Basket
PIP on S & P

UBS Australia Limited, Sydney 1
1997

3.250

28.2.2001
8.4.1999
7.7.1999
1.7.2000
14.5.1999
8.6.2000
20.7.1999
27.9.2000

2.10.2001

UBS Finance (Curaçao) N.V. Netherlands Antilles 1
1990
1992
1993
1995
1996
1996
1996
1997
1997
1997
1997
1998

9.125
FRN 5
9.250
6.500
2.500
6.000
2.500
2.500
0.000
2.750
5.875
0.000

8.2.2002
8.11.2002
23.8.2000
2.5.2000
30.10.2001
30.12.1999
1.3.2001
30.10.2001
29.1.2027
16.6.2002
30.12.1999
3.3.2028

UBS Bank (Canada), Toronto
1989

7.650

Solothurner Bank
1990
1991

7.25
6.5

S.G.W. Finance plc. 4
1991
13.25

S.G. Warburg Group plc
1994
1986

9.000
7.625

28.4.1999

30.5.1999
10.7.2001

21.3.2001

perpetual
preference 
shares GBP 1.–

CHF million

Total bond issues
Shares in bond issues of the Swiss Regional or Cantonal Banks’ Central 
Bond Institutions
Medium-term notes

Total

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

–

GBP
CAD
NLG
CHF
USD
USD
USD
USD

200 2
250
350
150
25.033
24.34
113.79
10

USD

100

USD
USD
ITL
DEM
DEM
USD
USD
DEM
ITL
USD
USD
DEM

225
250
250,000
250
250
300

5 6

100
2,500,000

325 7
200
1,000 8

JPY

2,600 3

–
10.7.1999

–

–

CHF
CHF

AUD

GBP
GBP

45
80

60

125
10.934

42,124

2,571
6,088

50,783

Footnotes
1 Guaranteed by UBS
2 Zero coupon, issue price 36.55 %
3 Subordinated
4 Guaranteed by S.G. Warburg Group plc.
5 6 months Libor – 0.25% (minimum 5 %,

maximum 8.25%)

6 Convertible into shares of Gillette

Company

7 Convertible into shares of UBS
8 Zero coupon, issue price 15.68285%

Protected Index Participation

PIP 
GROI  Guaranteed Return on Investment
PEP 
GRIP  Guaranteed Return on Investment

Protected Equity Participation

Participation

78

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 23  Other Liabilities

CHF million

Provisions including restructuring provision 1
Tax liabilities 2
Settlement and clearing accounts
Other liabilities

Total

1998

7,529
2,028
9,502
8,663

27,722

1 Additional restructuring provision information is provided in Note 24.    2 Additional tax information is provided in Note 25.

Note 24  Provisions, including Restructuring Provision

Restructuring provision
CHF million

Balance brought forward at 1 January
New provisions charged to income
Provisions applied 1

Personnel
IT
Premises
Other

Total utilized during the year

Balance at 31 December 

1998

7,000

2,024
797
267
939

4,027

2,973

1 The expense categories refer to the nature of the expense rather than the income statement expense line.

Other business risk provision
CHF million

Balance brought forward at 1 January
New provisions charged to income
Provisions applied
Recoveries of previous write-offs 1

Balance at 31 December 

Total

1 Includes foreign currency translation differences and other adjustments.

1998

1,614
2,952
487
477

4,556

7,529

1997

8,614
2,690
8,601
8,249

28,154

1997

–
7,000

0

7,000

1997

1,521
177
222
138

1,614

8,614

Provision for restructuring costs

At  the  time  of  the  merger,  it  was  announced
that the  merged  bank’s  operations  in  various
locations would be combined, resulting in vacant
properties,  reductions  in  personnel,  elimination
of  redundancies  in  the  information  technology
platforms, exit costs and other costs. As a result,
the  individual  banks  estimated  that  the  cost  of
the post-merger restructuring would be approxi-

mately  CHF  7  billion,  to  be  expended  over  a
period of four years.

During 1998, the bank utilized CHF 4 billion
of the provision. At year end 31 December 1998,
the bank estimates that the remaining provision
of CHF  3  billion 
is  reasonable  to  cover
the remaining  costs  associated  with  the  merger
restructuring.

79

Note 25  Income Taxes

Tax liabilities
CHF million

Current tax liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Total

1998

1,016
1,012

2,028

1997

1,195
1,495

2,690

The table below presents the significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities:

Deferred tax assets

CHF million

Temporary differences on:
Compensation and benefits
Restructuring provision
Allowance for credit losses
Tax losses recognized as assets
Others

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

CHF million

Temporary differences on:
Property, equipment 
Investments in associates
Unremitted earnings
Other provisions
Gains on debt and equity investment securities
Others

Deferred tax liabilities

1 Includes decrease due to disposal of subsidiaries.

Income Translation/

31.12.97

statement

other adj. 31.12.98

58
1,100
479
234
203

2,074

18
( 382)
( 253)
( 176)
( 94)

( 887)

( 10)
–
5
4
19

66
718
231
62
128

18

1,205

Income Translation/

31.12.97

statement

other adj. 31.12.98

602
277
10
501
69
36

1,495

( 120)
12
–
( 274)
4
( 18)

( 396)

2
–
–
( 118)
30
( 1)

1

484
289
10
109
103
17

( 87)

1,012

Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which taxes have not been provided, amounted to CHF
2,731 million and CHF 3,451 million at 31 December 1998 and 1997 respectively. No significant
additional tax liability is expected to arise on any distribution of these earnings.

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

80

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 25  Income Taxes (continued)

Tax expense
CHF million

Current taxes

Swiss
Foreign

Total current taxes

Deferred taxes

Income tax expense / (benefit)

1998

354
200

554

491

1,045

1997

511
419

930

( 1,035 )

( 105 )

A reconciliation of the expected income tax expense / (benefit) computed at the applicable rate in each
jurisdiction to the effective income tax expense / (benefit) is shown in the following table:

CHF million

Operating profit / (loss) before income taxes

Expected income tax expense at the applicable rates 1

Increase or (decrease) resulting from:
Tax losses not recognized
Tax losses of previous periods now recognized
Non-taxable income
Non-deductible expenses
Adjustments related to prior years
Capital taxes
Deferred tax assets not recognized

Income tax expense / (benefit)

1998

4,070

1,104

1,436
( 142)
( 1,849)
172
7
93
224

1,045

1997

( 756 )

( 192 )

310
( 201 )
( 333 )
171
( 27 )
96
71

( 105 )

1 The expected income tax expense for the Group is an aggregate of individual amounts representing the mix of profits and losses and the
applicable tax rates in each jurisdiction.

The amounts and expiry dates of unused tax losses carried forward which have not been recognized
as assets, are as follows:

CHF million

Following year
Next three years
After four years

Total

Balance Sheet: Equity

Note 26  Minority Interests

CHF million

Minority interests in profit / (loss)
Preferred stock 1
Minority interests in equity

Total minority interests

1998

0
118
6,664

6,782

1998

(5)
689
306

990

1997

122
46
1,917

2,085

1997

16
870
147

1,033

1 Represents Auction Market Preferred Stock, issued by UBS Inc., New York, a subsidiary whose ordinary share capital is completely owned
by UBS.

81

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

82

Note 27  Shareholders’ Equity 

CHF million

Issued and paid up share capital
214,976,306 ordinary registered shares of CHF 20 each, fully paid
Less: Treasury shares, cost
Balance as at beginning of the year
Acquisitions
Disposals 

Balance at the end of the year

Total outstanding share capital

Share premium account
Balance at the beginning of the year restated
for the harmonization of accounting policies
Premium on shares issued, warrants exercised
Premium on disposal of Treasury Shares

Balance at the end of the year

Foreign currency translation differences
Balance at the beginning of the year
Movements during the year

Balance at the end of the year

Retained earnings
Balance at the beginning of the year restated
for the harmonization of accounting policies
Net profit / (loss) for the year
Dividends paid

Balance at the end of the year

Total shareholders’ equity

1998

4,300

1,982
2,796
(3,296)

1,482

2,818

13,260
111
369

13,740

(111)
(345)

(456)

15,464
3,030
(2,201)

16,293

32,395

1997

4,296

702
3,172
(1,892 )

1,982

2,314

13,001
130
129

13,260

(155 )
(44 )

(111 )

16,931
(667 )
(800 )

15,464

30,927

its 

On  1  October  1997,  the  share  capital  was
increased  from 
initial  capitalization  of
CHF 50,000  by  CHF  4,287,469,820  being
214,373,491 registered shares at CHF 20 each to
CHF 4,287,519,820. The new shares were issued
exclusively for the exchange of the existing shares
of  Swiss  Bank  Corporation  and  Union  Bank  of
Switzerland.  Pursuant  to  the  merger  the  share-
holders  of  both  combining  banks  exchanged
their  shares  for  shares  in  the  new  bank.  Union
Bank of Switzerland shareholders received 5 reg-
istered  shares  for  each  bearer  share  held  and  1
registered  share  for  each  registered  share  held.
Swiss  Bank  Corporation  shareholders  received
11/13 registered  shares  of the  new  bank  for  each
Swiss  Bank  Corporation  registered  share  held.
UBS  AG  absorbed  all  the  assets  and  liabilities
of the combining  banks.  The combined  share
capital  amounted  to  CHF  5,754,937,280.  As  a
result  of
shares  CHF
1,467,417,460 were transferred from share cap-
ital to the share premium account.

the  exchange  of 

There  are  no  preferential  rights  and  restric-
tions with respect to the distribution of dividends
and to  the  repayment  of capital  except  that
retained earnings in the amount of CHF 13,816
million (1997: CHF 12,515 million) must be held
in the form of a legal reserve. In addition to the
issued and paid up share capital 999,229 shares
are  unissued  and  are  reserved  for  the  employee
share ownership plan and optional dividend war-
rants (1997: 1,339,312 unpaid SBC ordinary reg-
istered shares). A further 526,541 shares are at the
disposal of the Board of Directors (1997: 70,718
UBS unissued ordinary bearer shares and 172,951
UBS  unissued  ordinary  registered  shares).  These
shares represent the maximum amount of shares
that  may  be  issued  in  the  future  without  fur-
ther approval from the shareholders. Comparative
figures for the number of shares issued as at 31
December 1997 are not provided as no shares were
issued by UBS AG at this date. The Swiss franc
figure has been restated for comparative purposes
only. Movements in the issued share capital are
due  to  the  issuance  of  shares  to  fulfill  existing
commitments.

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Off Balance Sheet and Other Information

Note 28  Derivative Instruments

Derivatives held or issued 
for trading purposes

Most  of  the  Group’s  derivative  transactions
relate to sales and trading activities. Sales activi-
ties  include  the  structuring  and  marketing  of
derivative  products  to  customers  at  competitive
prices  to  enable  them  to  transfer,  modify  or  re-
duce current or expected risks. Trading involves
market making, positioning and arbitrage activi-
ties.  Market  making  involves  quoting  bid  and
offer prices to other market participants with the
intention of generating revenues based on spread
and volume. Positioning involves managing mar-
ket risk positions with the expectation of profit-
ing from favourable movements in prices, rates or
indices.  Arbitrage  activities  involve  identifying
and  profiting  from  price  differentials  between
markets and products.

Derivatives held or issued 
for non-trading purposes

The Group also uses derivatives as a part of its

asset/liability management activities.

The  majority  of  derivative  positions  used  in
UBS’s  asset  and  liability  management  activities
are  established  via  intercompany  transactions
with  independently  managed  UBS  dealer  units
within the Group. 

When the Group purchases assets and issues
liabilities at fixed interest rates it subjects itself to
fair  value  fluctuations  as  market  interest  rates
change. These fluctuations in fair value are man-
aged  by  entering  into  interest  rate  contracts,
mainly interest rate swaps which change the fixed
rate instrument into a variable rate instrument.

When  the  Group  purchases  foreign  currency
issues  foreign  currency
denominated  assets, 
denominated debt or has foreign net investments,

it subjects itself to changes in value as exchange
rates  move.  These  fluctuations  are  managed  by
entering into currency swaps and forwards.

Type of derivatives

The Group uses the following derivative finan-
cial instruments for both trading and non-trading
purposes:
Swaps

Swaps are transactions in which two
parties exchange cash flows on a specified notio-
nal amount for a predetermined period. 

Interest  rate  swap  contracts  generally  repre-
sent the contractual exchange of fixed and float-
ing rate payments of a single currency, based on
a notional amount and an interest reference rate.
Cross  currency  interest  rate  swaps  generally
involve  the  exchange  of  payments  which  are
based on the interest reference rates available at
the inception of the contract on two different cur-
rency principal balances that are exchanged. The
principal balances are re-exchanged at an agreed
upon rate at a specified future date.

Forwards and futures Forwards and futures
are contractual obligations to buy or sell a finan-
cial  instrument  on  a  future  date  at  a  specified
price.  Forward  contracts  are  effectively  tailor-
made  agreements  that  are  transacted  between
counterparties  in  the  over-the-counter  market,
whereas  futures  are  standardized  contracts  that
are transacted on regulated exchanges.

Options Options  are  contractual  agree-
ments under which the seller (writer) grants the
purchaser the right, but not the obligation, either
to buy (call option) or sell (put option) by or at a
set date, a specified amount of a financial instru-
ment at a predetermined price. The seller receives
a premium from the purchaser for this right.

83

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 28  Derivative Instruments (continued)

Notional amounts and replacement values

The  following  table  provides  the  notional
amounts  and  the  positive  and  negative  replace-
ment  values  of  the  Group’s  derivative  transac-
tions.

The notional amount is the amount of a de-
rivative’s  underlying  asset,  reference  rate  or
index and  is  the  basis  upon  which  changes  in
the value of derivatives are measured. It provides
an  indication  of  the  volume  of  business  trans-
acted  by  the  Group  but  does  not  provide  any
measure of risk.

Some derivatives are standardized in terms of
their nominal amounts and settlement dates, and
these are designed to be bought and sold in active
markets (exchange traded). Others are packaged

specifically for individual customers and are not
exchange  traded  although  they  may  be  bought
and  sold  between  counterparties  at  negotiated
prices (over-the-counter or OTC instruments).

Positive replacement value represents the cost
to the Group of replacing all transactions with a
receivable amount if all the Group’s counterpar-
ties were to default. This measure is the industry
standard  for  the  calculation  of  current  credit
exposure. Negative replacement value is the cost
to the Group’s counterparties of replacing all the
Group’s  transactions  with  a  commitment  if  the
Group  were  to  default.  The  total  positive  and
negative  replacement  values  are  included  in  the
balance sheet separately.

84

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 28  Derivative Instruments (continued)

Term to maturity

CHF million

Interest rate contracts
Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts

Forward contracts including FRAs
Swaps
Options purchased
Options written

Exchange-traded contracts 3

Futures
Options

Total

Foreign exchange contracts
Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts

Within 3 months
NRV 2
PRV 1

3–12 months
NRV

PRV

1–5 years
NRV

PRV

over 5 years
NRV

PRV

Total
PRV

Total
NRV

Total
notional
amount  
CHF bn

783
3,488
233

932
4,502

327

309
6,657
465

271
6,024

615

45
36,464
2,947

29
35,799

4,476

42
38,056
3,207

23
34,758

4,427

1,179
84,665
6,852
0

1,255
81,084
0
9,845

217.7
8,544.0
1,264.8
1,254.4

12
0

7
0

0
0

1
0

2
0

0
0

0
0

0
0

14
0

7
0

732.3
77.8

4,517

5,768

7,430

6,911

39,458

40,304

41,305

39,208

92,710

92,191 12,091.0

Forward contracts
Combined interest and currency swaps 
Options purchased
Options written

3,439
2,456
4,718

498
3,009

17,168

6,493
1,718
10,123

9,455
2,683

218

278
4,626
1,945

261
5,202

619

164
4,974
604

237
5,097

604

10,375
13,775
17,390
0

10,451
15,991
0
18,610

888.4
235.4
466.8
455.1

Exchange-traded contracts 3

Futures
Options

Total

Precious metals contracts
Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts

Forward contracts
Options purchased
Options written

Exchange-traded contracts 3

Futures
Options

Total

Equity / Index contracts
Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts

Forward contracts
Options purchased
Options written

Exchange-traded contracts 3

Futures
Options

Total

Commodity contracts
Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts

Forward contracts
Options purchased
Options written

Exchange-traded contracts 3

Futures
Options

Total

Total 1998

Total 1997

0
156

0
120

0
193

0
0

0
0

0
5

0
0

0
0

0
348

0
124

2.5
5.2

10,770

20,794

18,528

12,356

6,849

6,087

5,742

5,938

41,889

45,175

2,053.4

4,539
2,840

4,633

2,915

0
4

0
0

7,383

7,548

216
24

0
15

254

295

6

0
0

75
41

0
2

60

0

0
0

301

119

60

10
0

0
0

10

0

0

0
0

0

4,840
2,905
0

4,988
0
2,921

0
21

0
0

47.7
25.3
30.9

1.2
5.0

7,766

7,909

110.2

279
8,220

383

15,347

325
4,619

608

8,480

791
8,700

2,421

25,726

159
1,687

446

4,598

1,554
23,227
0

3,858
0
54,151

57.3
706.0
233.6

3
320

15
242

0
703

0
392

0
754

0
305

0
75

0
9

3
1,851

15
948

17.7
62.0

8,822

15,988

5,647

9,480

10,245

28,452

1,921

5,053

26,635

58,972

1,076.6

114
8

0
0

52

0

0
0

122

52

244
62

85
0

391

214

70

65
7

325
24

0
2

359

0

0
0

355

352

359

65
5

0
0

70

66

0

0
0

66

749
99
0

85
2

936

691
0
70

65
7

8.9
1.5
1.5

2.2
0.9

832

14.9

31,614

50,150

32,251

29,404

57,023

75,261

49,048

50,265 169,936 205,080

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

– 149,538 170,162

–

–

85

1 PRV: Positive replacement value.    2 NRV: Negative replacement value.    3 Exchange-traded products include proprietary trades only.

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 29  Pledged Assets

Assets pledged or assigned as security for liabilities and assets subject to reservation of title

CHF million

Money market paper
Mortgage loans
Securities 1
Property and equipment
Other

Total

1998
Carrying
amount

1998
Related
liability

1997
Carrying
amount

1997
Related
liability

6,981
2,955
13,902
147
0

23,985

5
2,047
5,636
71
0

7,759

3,188
1,951
13,175
183
7

1,106
1,220
9,719
112
0

18,505

12,157

1 Excluding securities pledged in respect of securities borrowing and repurchase agreements.

Assets are pledged as collateral for collateralized credit lines with central banks, loans from central
mortgage  institutions,  deposit  guarantees  for  savings  banks,  security  deposits  relating  to  stock
exchange membership and mortgages on the Group’s property.

Note 30  Fiduciary Transactions

CHF million

Placements with third party banks
Fiduciary credits and other fiduciary financial transactions

Total

1998

60,612
652

61,264

1997

72,852
1,392

74,244

86

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 31  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities 

CHF million

Contingent liabilities
Credit guarantees and similar instruments 1
Less: Sub-participations

Total

Performance guarantees and similar instruments 2
Less: Sub-participations

Total

Irrevocable commitments under documentary credits
Less: Sub-participations

Total

Total contingent liabilities
Less: Sub-participations

Total

Irrevocable commitments
Undrawn irrevocable credit facilities
Less: Sub-participations

Total

Liabilities for calls on shares and other equities

Total irrevocable commitments
Less: Sub-participations

Total

Commitment credits 3

Total commitments and contingent liabilities
Less: Sub-participations

Total

1998

1997

22,697
5,217

17,480

12,092
216

11,876

2,942
39

2,903

37,731
5,472

32,259

82,337
26

82,311

109

82,446
26

82,420

1,807

121,984
5,498

116,486

37,306
8,274

29,032

15,371
1,002

14,369

5,824
11

5,813

58,501
9,287

49,214

76,997
554

76,443

102

77,099
554

76,545

821

136,421
9,841

126,580

1 Credit guarantees in the form of bill of exchange and other guarantees, including guarantees in the form of irrevocable letters of credit,
endorsement liabilities from bills rediscounted, advance payment guarantees and similar facilities.    2 Bid bonds, performance bonds,
builders’ guarantees, letters of indemnity, other performance guarantees in the form of irrevocable letters of credit and similar facilities.    
3 Obligations under deferred payments, acceptance obligations. Amounts already included in the balance sheet.

CHF million

Overview of collateral
Contingent liabilities
Irrevocable commitments
Liabilities for calls on shares and other equities
Commitment credits

Total 1998

Total 1997

Mortgage
collateral

Other
collateral

Unsecured

Total

339
50
–
–

389

635

14,163
19,200
–
–

33,363

22,638

23,229
63,087
109
1,807

37,731
82,337
109
1,807

88,232

121,984

113,148

136,421

Commitments  and  Contingencies  represent
potential future liabilities of the Group resulting
from credit facilities available to clients, but not
yet  drawn  upon  by  them.  They  are  subject  to
expiration at fixed dates. The Group engages in
providing  open  credit  facilities  to  allow  clients
quick access to funds required to meet their short-
term obligations as well as their long-term financ-
ing needs. The credit facilities can take the form
of guarantees, whereby the Group might guaran-

tee repayment of a loan taken out by a client with
a third party; standby letters of credit, which are
credit  enhancement  facilities  enabling  the  client
to  engage  in  trade  finance  at  lower  cost;  docu-
mentary letters of credit, which are trade finance-
related payments made on behalf of a client; com-
mitments  to  enter  into  repurchase  agreements,
which are described under short-term financing;
note issuance facilities and revolving underwrit-
ing facilities, which allow clients to issue money

87

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

88

Note 31  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (continued)

market paper or medium-term notes when need-
ed without engaging in the normal underwriting
process each time.

The  figures  disclosed  in  the  accompanying
tables represent the amounts at risk should clients
draw fully on all facilities and then default, and

there is no collateral. Determination of the cred-
itworthiness of the clients is part of the normal
credit  risk  management  process,  and  the  fees
charged  for  maintenance  of  the  facilities  reflect
the various credit risks.

Note 32  Operating Lease Commitments

Our minimum commitments for non-cancellable leases of premises and equipment are presented as
follows:

CHF million

Operating leases due:
Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years

Total commitments for minimum payments under operating leases

1998

709
555
1,541

2,805

Operating  expenses  include  CHF  797  million  and  CHF  829  million  in  respect  of  operating  lease
rentals in 1998 and 1997 respectively. 

Note 33  Litigation, including Holocaust 

Four  Class  Actions,  in  relation  to  what  is
known  as  the  Holocaust  affair,  have  been
brought  against  the  bank  (as  legal  successor  to
SBC  and  UBS)  in  the  US  District  Court  for  the
Eastern District of New York (Brooklyn). A fur-
ther Swiss bank has been designated as a defen-
dant  alongside  the  bank.  On  12  August  1998,
however,  a  settlement  was  reached  between  the
parties which will put an end to all the litigation
involved in this matter. This settlement provides
for  a  payment  by  the  defendant  banks  to  the
plaintiffs, under certain terms and conditions, of
an  aggregate  amount  of  USD  1.25  billion.  The
bank’s share, USD 610 million or CHF 840 mil-
lion, has been fully provided for in 1998.

In  addition,  UBS  AG  and  other  companies
within  the  UBS  Group  are  subject  to  various
claims, disputes and legal proceedings, as part of

the normal course of business. The Group makes
provision for such matters when, in the opinion
of management and its professional advisors, it is
probable  that  a  payment  will  be  made  by  the
Group, and the amount can be reasonably esti-
mated.  All  litigation  provisions  are  included
within Other Business Risks in the accompanying
Group Balance Sheet. 

In  respect  of  the  further  claims  asserted
against the Group of which management is aware
(which,  according  to  the  principles  outlined
above, have not been provided for), it is the opin-
ion  of  management  that  such  claims  are  either
without  merit,  can  be  successfully  defended  or
will  result  in  exposure  to  the  Group  which  is
immaterial to both financial position and results
of operations.

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 34  Financial Instruments Risk Position

Overall risk position

The Group manages risk in a number of ways,
principally using a value-at-risk model combined
with  a  system  of  trading  limits.  The  Group’s
approach to risk management is discussed more

fully  in  the  Review  of  Risk  Management  and
Control.

This  section  presents  information  about  the
results  of  the  Group’s  management  of  the  risks
associated with the use of financial instruments.

a) Interest rate risk

Interest  rate  risk  is  the  potential  impact  of
changes in market interest rates on the fair values
of assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and
on the annual interest income and expense in the
income statement.

Interest rate sensitivity

One  commonly  used  method  to  present  the
potential  impact  of  the  market  movements  is  to
show  the  effect  of  a  one  basis  point  (0.01%)
change in interest rates on the fair values of assets
and  liabilities,  analyzed  by  time  bands  within
which the Group is committed. This type of pres-
entation, described as a sensitivity analysis, is set
out  below.  Interest  rate  sensitivity  is  one  of  the
inputs  to  the  value-at-risk  model  used  by  the
Group to manage its overall market risk, of which
interest rate risk is a part.

The table below sets out the extent to which
the Group was exposed to interest rate risk at 31
December  1998.  The  table  shows  the  potential
impact of a one basis point (0.01%) increase in
market interest rates which would influence the
fair values of both assets and liabilities that are
subject to fixed interest rates. The impact of such
an increase in rates depends on the net asset or net
liability position of the Group in each category,
currency and time band in the table. A negative
amount in the table reflects a potential loss to the
Group due to the changes in fair values as a result
of an increase in interest rates. A positive amount
reflects a potential gain as a result of an increase
in  interest  rates.  Both  primary  and  derivative
instruments in trading and non-trading activities,
as  well  as  off-balance-sheet  commitments  are
included in the table.

Interest rate sensitivity position

Interest sensitivity by time bands

CHF thousand
per basis point

within 1
month

1 to 3
months

3 to 12
months

CHF

USD

EUR

GBP

JPY

Others

Trading
Non-trading

Trading
Non-trading

Trading
Non-trading

Trading
Non-trading

Trading
Non-trading

Trading
Non-trading

189
(23 )

(28 )
1

(34 )
0

10
0

(32 )
0

11
0

(672 )
6

93
(21 )

(22 )
(8 )

(214 )
2

(698 )
3

(98 )
0

450
(350 )

8
7

(158 )
0

560
(18 )

(402 )
(5 )

47
0

1 to 5
years

(322 )
(7,522 )

(575 )
72

(559 )
48

(919 )
130

1,002
6

(158 )
0

over 5
years

(464 )
(546 )

1,254
1,502

339
256

491
876

263
146

(152 )
0

Total

(819)
(8,435)

752
1,561

(434)
296

(72)
990

133
150

(350)
0

89

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 34  Financial Instruments Risk Position (continued)

a) Interest rate risk (continued)

Trading

The major part of the trading related interest
rate  risk  is  generated  in  fixed  income  securities
trading, fixed income derivatives trading, trading
in currency forward contracts and money market
trading and is being managed within the value-at-
risk model. Interest rate sensitivity arising from
trading  activities  is  quite  sizeable  in  USD  and
Euro as these are still the predominantly traded
currencies in the global interest rate markets. It
should be noted that it is management’s view that
an  interest  sensitivity  analysis  at  a  particular
point  in  time  has  limited  relevance  on  trading
positions, which can vary significantly on a daily
basis. Further discussion on how the interest rate
risk  related  to  the  trading  portfolio  is  managed
can be found in the “Warburg Dillon Read” sec-
tion of this report. 

Non-trading

The interest rate risk related to client business
with undefined maturities and non-interest bear-
ing business including the strategic management

of overall balance sheet interest rate exposure is
managed  by  the  Corporate  Center.  Significant
contributors to the overall USD and GBP interest
rate sensitivity were strategic long-term subordi-
intentionally
issues  which  are 
nated  notes 
unswapped since they are regarded as constitut-
ing a part of the Group’s equity for asset and lia-
bility  management  purposes.  At  31  December
1998 the Group’s equity was invested in a port-
folio of fixed rate CHF deposits with an average
duration of 1.9 years. As this equity investment is
the most significant component of the CHF book,
this results in the entire book having an interest
rate  sensitivity  of  CHF  – 8.4  million,  which  is
reflected in the table above. This is in line with the
duration and sensitivity targets set by the Group
Executive  Board.  Investing  in  shorter-term  or
variable  rate  instruments  would  mean  exposing
the  earnings  stream  (interest  income)  to  higher
fluctuations.  For  further  information  about  the
management of the non-trading interest rate risk,
please  refer  to  Review  of  Asset  and  Liability
Management. 

b) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of loss from the default by
an obligor or counterparty. This risk is managed
primarily based on reviews of the financial status
of each specific counterparty. Credit risk is greater
when counterparties are concentrated in a single
industry or geographical region. This is because a
group of otherwise unrelated counterparties could
be adversely affected in their ability to repay their
obligations  because  of  economic  developments
affecting their common industry or region.

Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number
of clients are engaged in similar activities, or are
located  in  the  same  geographic  region  or  have
comparable  economic  characteristics  such  that
their  ability  to  meet  contractual  obligations
would  be  similarly  affected  by  changes  in  eco-
nomic, political or other conditions. Concentra-
tions of credit risk indicate the relative sensitivity
of the bank’s performance to developments affect-
ing a particular industry or geographic location.

(b)(i) On-balance sheet assets

As of 31 December 1998, due from banks and
loans to customers amounted to CHF 331 billion.
56.6%  of  these  are  with  clients  domiciled  in
Switzerland. Please refer to Note 12 for a break-
down by region.

(b)(ii) Off-balance sheet financial instruments

Credit commitments and 
contingent liabilities

Of the CHF 122 billion in credit commitment
and  contingent  liabilities  as  at  31  December
1998, 11% relate to clients domiciled in Switzer-
land,  21%  in  Europe  (excl.  Switzerland)  and
55% in North America.

Derivatives

Credit risk represents the current replacement
value of all outstanding derivative contracts in a

90

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 34  Financial Instruments Risk Position (continued)

b) Credit risk (continued)

gain position without factoring in the impact of
master netting agreements or the value of any col-
lateral. Positive replacement values amounted to
CHF 169 billion as at 31 December 1998, before
applying  any  master  netting  agreements.  Based
on the location of the ultimate counterparty, 8%
of this credit risk amount relates to Switzerland,
47% to Europe (excl. Switzerland) and 33% to
North America. 76% of the positive replacement
values are with other banks.

(b)(iii) Credit risk mitigation techniques

Credit  risk  associated  with  derivative  instru-
ments  is  mitigated  by  the  use  of  master  netting
agreements. A further method of reducing credit
exposure arising from derivatives transactions is
to use collateralization arrangements.

Master  netting  agreements  eliminate  risk  to
the extent that liabilities to the same counterpar-

ty  are  due  to  be  settled  after  the  corresponding
assets are realized. The impact of master netting
agreements as at 31 December 1998 is to mitigate
credit risk on derivative instruments by approxi-
mately  CHF  68  billion.  The  impact  can  change
substantially over short periods of time, because
the exposure is affected by each transaction sub-
ject to the arrangement.

The  Group  subjects  its  derivative-related
credit risks to the same credit approval, limit and
monitoring  standards  that  it  uses  for  managing
other  transactions  that  create  credit  exposure.
This includes evaluation of counterparties as to
creditworthiness,  and  managing  the  size,  di-
versification and maturity structure of the port-
folio. Credit utilization for all products is com-
pared with established limits on a continual basis
and is subject to a standard exception reporting
process.

91

Note 34  Financial Instruments Risk Position (continued)

c) Currency risk

The Group views itself as a Swiss entity, with the Swiss franc as its functional currency. Hedging trans-
actions are used to manage risks in other currencies.

Breakdown of assets and liabilities by currencies

CHF billion

Assets
Cash and balances with central banks
Money market paper
Due from banks
Cash collateral on securities borrowed
Reverse repurchase agreements
Trading portfolio
Positive replacement values
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses
Financial investments
Accrued income and prepaid expenses
Investments in associates 
Property and equipment
Intangible assets and goodwill
Other assets

Total assets 

Liabilities
Money market paper issued
Due to banks
Cash collateral on securities lent
Repurchase agreements
Trading portfolio liabilities
Negative replacement values
Due to customers
Accrued expenses and deferred income
Long term debt
Other liabilities
Minority interests
Shareholders’ equity

Total liabilities, minority interests 
and shareholders’ equity

CHF

2.4
2.2
12.7
0.2
0.2
24.8
17.8
173.5
2.6
1.2
2.6
8.5
0.3
4.9

253.9

1.0
25.4
0.1
10.7
0.2
27.3
138.0
3.3
23.4
14.6
1.0
32.4

1998
USD

0.3
10.3
13.3
74.5
38.3
40.0
20.9
40.0
2.5
1.8
0.0
0.6
1.7
3.1

247.3

38.5
33.6
5.9
74.3
8.1
19.8
80.2
2.6
16.2
6.1
0.7
0.0

Other

CHF

0.6
5.9
42.5
17.0
102.8
97.8
131.2
34.4
1.8
3.6
0.2
0.8
0.2
4.1

442.9

12.0
26.7
13.2
52.6
38.7
158.0
56.7
5.3
10.5
7.0
0.0
0.0

2.9
4.8
14.4
0.0
2.3
31.3
30.7
176.7
3.7
2.5
2.6
9.2
0.2
1.2

282.5

1.4
26.6
0.0
12.1
0.3
34.8
129.9
4.8
29.9
14.3
0.1
30.9

1997
USD

1.3
22.5
23.8
63.4
104.5
64.5
24.8
47.9
5.2
1.8
0.0
0.6
0.8
3.4

364.5

36.1
86.7
4.2
95.0
11.8
24.3
97.9
2.5
15.0
7.2
0.9
0.0

Other

0.4
9.1
28.4
19.3
109.5
115.0
94.0
46.4
3.9
3.4
0.1
1.1
0.4
8.4

439.4

18.1
46.3
10.0
84.7
56.1
111.1
74.7
2.7
9.3
6.7
0.0
0.0

277.4

286.0

380.7

285.1

381.6

419.7

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

92

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 34  Financial Instruments Risk Position (continued)

d) Liquidity risk

Contractual maturity analysis of assets and liabilities

CHF billion

On

demand to notice 1

Subject Due within
3 mths

Due
between 
3 and
12 mths

Due
between
1 and
5 years

Due
after
5 years

–
–
0.4

–

–
15.7
44.4

91.7
136.8
–

–
2.3
4.8

4.5
–

–
0.4
1.0

–

59.5

86.8
0.4

31.6
0.3

63.8
0.8

–
–
0.2

–

6.2
1.0

2.8
9.9
2.2

375.8

374.9

32.2
55.9
19.2
135.1

43.5

83.6

19.3
5.8

2.5

66.0

79.3

22.3

36.3

0.5

0.2

21.6

1.7

81.8

124.5

8.9

1.1

3.3

Assets
Cash and balances 
with central banks
Money market papers
Due from banks
Cash collateral on 
securities borrowed
Reverse repurchase agreements
Trading portfolio
Positive replacement values
Loans, net of allowance 
for credit losses
Financial investments
Accrued income and prepaid expenses
Investments in associates
Property and equipment
Intangible assets and goodwill
Other assets

Total 1998

Total 1997

Liabilities
Money market paper issued
Due to banks
Cash collateral on securities lent
Repurchase agreements
Trading portfolio liabilities
Negative replacement values
Due to customers
Accrued expenses 
and deferred income
Long term debt
Other liabilities

Total 1998

Total 1997

3.3

17.7

162.6
169.9

4.4
6.6

12.1

376.6

398.3

47.0
205.1
55.3

11.2
–
27.7

367.9

371.0

59.9

114.0

–
–

83.5

138.5

4.2

5.7

28.1

12.8

371.1

447.1

42.2

41.8

29.7

36.5

16.3

19.6

910.7

1,054.5

Total

3.3
18.4
68.5

91.7
141.3
162.6
169.9

247.9
6.9
6.6
2.8
9.9
2.2
12.1

944.1

1,086.4

51.5
85.7
19.2
137.6
47.0
205.1
274.9

11.2
50.8
27.7

1 Deposits without a fixed term, on which notice of withdrawal or termination has not been given. (Such funds may be withdrawn by the
depositor or repaid by the borrower subject to an agreed period of notice.)

93

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 34  Financial Instruments Risk Position (continued)

e) Capital adequacy

Risk-weighted assets (BIS)

CHF million

Balance sheet assets
Due from banks
Net positions in securities 1
Positive replacement values
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses
Accrued income and prepaid expenses
Property and equipment 2
Other assets

Off-balance sheet and other positions
Contingent liabilities
Irrevocable commitments
Forward contracts 3
Purchased options

Market risk positions 4

Total risk-weighted assets

1998
Balance
sheet/
nominal
amount 

1998

Risk-
weighted
amount

1997

1997
Balance
sheet/

Risk-
nominal weighted
amount
amount

244,246
28,109
169,936
305,155
6,627
9,886
12,092

37,731
82,337
4,037,720
489,005

–

–

10,896
8,316
29,494
164,113
3,190
11,166
7,900

6,015
18,197
7,130
5,861

16,018

288,296

216,492
51,770
149,538
420,018
7,712
10,964
13,114

58,501
76,997
4,263,084
199,732

–

–

13,485
11,859
24,622
191,860
5,848
12,938
7,512

24,863
20,873
12,258
2,199

17,587

345,904

1 Excluding positions in the trading book, these are included in market risk positions.    2 Including CHF 1,280 million (1997: CHF 1,229
million) foreclosed properties and properties held for disposal, which are recorded in the balance sheet under financial investments.    
3 The risk-weighted amount corresponds to the security margin (add-on) of the contracts.    4 Value at risk according to the internal 
model multiplied by a factor of 12.5 to create the risk-weighted amount of the market risk positions in the trading book.    

BIS Capital ratios

BIS capital ratio
Tier 1 capital (share capital and reserves)

1998
Capital

40,385
28,299

BIS %

14.0
9.8

1997
Capital

43,089
28,749

BIS %

12.6
8.3

Among other measures UBS monitors the ade-
quacy of its capital using ratios established by the
Bank  for  International  Settlements  (BIS).  These
ratios  measure  capital  adequacy  by  comparing
the Group’s eligible capital with its risk-weighted
positions which include balance sheet assets, net
positions  in  securities  not  held  in  the  trading
book,  off-balance  sheet  transactions  converted
into their credit equivalents and market risk posi-
tions at a weighted amount to reflect their rela-
tive risk.

The capital adequacy rules require a minimum
amount of capital to cover credit and market risk
exposures.  For  the  calculation  of  the  capital
required  for  credit  risk  the  balance  sheet  assets
are  weighted  according  to  broad  categories  of
notional credit risk, being assigned a risk weight-
ing according to the amount of capital deemed to
be necessary to support them. Four categories of
risk  weights  (0%,  20%,  50%,  100%)  are

applied;  for  example  cash,  claims  collateralized
by  cash  or  claims  collateralized  by  OECD  cen-
tral-government  securities  have  a  zero  risk
weighting which means that no capital is required
to be held in respect of these assets. Uncollateral-
ized  loans  granted  to  corporate  or  private  cus-
tomers  carry  a  100%  risk  weighting,  meaning
that they must be supported by capital equal to
8%  of  the  carrying  amount.  Other  asset  cate-
gories  have  weightings  of  20%  or  50%  which
require 1.6% or 4% capital.

The net positions in securities not held in the
trading book reflect the Group’s exposure to an
issuer of securities arising from its physical hold-
ings and other related transactions in that securi-
ty. 

In  addition  credit  equivalents  are  calculated
for off-balance sheet transactions (contingent lia-
bilities, irrevocable commitments and derivative
financial instruments). The resulting amounts are

94

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 34  Financial Instruments Risk Position (continued)

e) Capital adequacy (continued)

then weighted for credit risk using the same per-
centage as for balance sheet assets.

In 1998 UBS calculated its capital requirement
for market risk positions, which includes interest-
rate instruments and equity securities in the trad-
ing book as well as positions in foreign exchange
and  commodities  throughout  the  Group,  using 
an  internal  value-at-risk  (VaR)  model.  This  ap-
proach  was  introduced  in  the  BIS  1996  market
risk amendment to the Basel Accord of July 1988
and  incorporated  in  the  Swiss  capital  adequacy
rules of the Banking Ordinance. 

The BIS proposal requires that the regulators
perform tests of the bank internal models before
giving permission for these models to be used to
calculate the market risk capital. Based on exten-

sive  checks  performed  by  internal  and  external
auditors  the  use  of  the  Group  internal  models
was accepted  on  an  interim  basis  by  the  Swiss
Federal Banking Commission (FBC) in December
1997, provided that a higher multiplication fac-
tor  be  applied  during  the  interim  period.  As  a
result  of  the  merger  the  interim  permission  has
been  extended  through  1998,  and  the  final
approval by FBC is expected to be granted dur-
ing 1999.

Tier  1  capital  consists  of  permanent  share-
holders’ equity and retained earnings less good-
will  and  investments  in  unconsolidated  sub-
sidiaries. Tier 2 capital includes the Group’s per-
petual cumulative preference shares and subordi-
nated long-term debt.

Note 35  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents the fair value of
on-  and  off-balance  sheet  financial  instruments
based  on  the  following  valuation  methods  and
assumptions. It is presented because not all finan-
cial  instruments  are  reflected  in  the  financial
statements at fair value.

Fair  value  is  the  amount  for  which  an  asset
could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between
knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s-length
transaction. A market price, where an active mar-
ket (such as a recognized stock exchange) exists,
is the best evidence of the fair value of a financial
instrument. However, market prices are not avail-
able  for  a  significant  number  of  the  financial
assets and liabilities held and issued by the Group.
Therefore,  for  financial  instruments  where  no
market price is available, the fair values presented in
the following table  have  been  estimated  using
present  value  or  other estimation and valuation
techniques based on market conditions existing at
balance sheet date.

The values derived using these techniques are
significantly affected by underlying assumptions
concerning both the amounts and timing of future
cash flows and the discount rates used. The fol-
lowing methods and assumptions have been used:

(a) trading assets, derivatives and other transac-
tions  undertaken  for  trading  purposes,  and
securities lent and borrowed are measured at
fair  value  by  reference  to  quoted  market
prices  when  available.  If  quoted  market
prices  are  not  available,  the  fair  values  are
estimated on the basis of pricing models, or
discounted cash flows. Fair value is equal to
the carrying amount for these items;

(b) the fair value of liquid assets and other assets
maturing  within  12  months  is  assumed  to
approximate  their  carrying  amount.  This
assumption is applied to liquid assets and the
short-term  elements  of  all  other  financial
assets and financial liabilities;

(c) the fair value of demand deposits and savings
accounts with no specific maturity is assumed
to be the amount payable on demand at the
balance sheet date;

(d) the fair value of variable rate financial instru-
ments is assumed to approximate their carry-
ing amounts;

(e) the  fair  value  of  fixed  rate  loans  and  mort-
gages  is  estimated  by  comparing  market
interest  rates  when  the  loans  were  granted
with current market rates offered on similar

95

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

96

Note 35  Fair Value of Financial Instruments (continued)

loans. Changes in the credit quality of loans
within  the  portfolio  are  not  taken  into
account  in  determining  gross  fair  values  as
the impact of credit risk is recognized sepa-
rately  by  deducting  the  amount  of  the
allowance  for  credit  losses  from  both  book
and fair values. 

The  assumptions  and  techniques  have  been
developed  to  provide  a  consistent  measurement
of fair value for the Group’s assets and liabilities.
However, because other institutions may use dif-
ferent methods and assumptions, such fair value
disclosures cannot necessarily be compared from
one financial institution to another.

Fair value of financial instruments

CHF billion

Assets
Cash and balances with central banks
Money market paper
Due from banks
Cash collateral on securities borrowed
Reverse repurchase agreements
Trading portfolio
Positive replacement values
Loans, net of allowance for credit losses
Financial investments

Liabilities
Money market paper issued
Due to banks
Cash collateral on securities lent
Repurchase agreements
Trading portfolio liabilities
Negative replacement values
Due to customers
Long term debt

Fair value effect on income 
of hedging derivatives recorded 
on the accrual basis

Net difference between 
carrying value and fair value

1998

Carrying
value

Fair Unrealized
value gain / (loss)

Carrying
value

3.3
18.4
68.6
91.7
141.3
162.6
169.9
248.3
5.7

51.5
86.1
19.2
137.6
47.0
205.1
275.3
51.0

3.3
18.4
68.7
91.7
141.3
162.6
169.9
250.7
6.5

51.5
86.1
19.2
137.6
47.0
205.1
275.6
53.3

4.6
36.4
66.6
82.6
216.4
210.7
149.5
270.9
11.5

55.6
159.6
14.1
191.8
68.2
170.2
302.5
54.3

0.0
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2.4
0.8

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.3
2.3

1.0

1.7

1997
Fair
value

4.6
36.4
66.7
82.6
216.4
210.7
149.5
272.7
12.2

55.6
159.6
14.1
191.8
68.2
170.2
302.6
56.5

Unrealized
gain / (loss)

0.0
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.8
0.7

0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.1
2.2

0.7

1.0

Substantially all of the Group’s commitments
to extend credit are at variable rates. According-
ly,  the  Group  has  no  significant  exposure  to
fair value  fluctuations  related  to  these  commit-
ments.

Changes in the fair value of the Group’s fixed
rate  loans,  long-  and  medium-term  notes  and
bonds  issued  are  hedged  in  part  by  derivative
instruments,  mainly  interest  rate  swaps.  These
swaps  are  carried  at  fair  value  and  included  in
derivative replacement values in the above table,
with gains and losses deferred as other assets and

other liabilities. Such gains and losses are shown
net  in  the  above  table  as  fair  value  effect  on
income  of  hedging  derivatives  recorded  on  an
accrual basis.

The  table  does  not  reflect  the  fair  values  of
non-financial assets and liabilities such as prop-
erty (including those properties included as finan-
cial  investments),  equipment,  prepayments  and
accruals.  The  interest  amounts  accrued  to  date
for respective financial instruments are included
in the carrying value of the instruments.

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 36  Retirement Benefit Plans and Other Employee Benefits

The  Group  has  established  various  pension
plans  inside  and  outside  of  Switzerland.  The
major plans are located in Switzerland, Germany,
Japan, UK and US. Independent actuarial valua-
tions are performed for the major plans.

Swiss pension plans

The pension funds of the Group are set up as
trusts, domiciled in Basle and Zurich. All domes-
tic employees are covered. The pension funds are
defined benefit plans. The pension plan benefits
exceed the minimum benefits required under the
Swiss Law.

Contributions  are  paid  for  by  the  Group  and
the  employees.  The  employee  contributions  are
calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  insured  annual
salary and are deducted monthly. The percentages
deducted from the salary are depending on age and
vary between 8% up to 12%. The Group contri-
butions  are  variable  and  amount  from  125%  to
250% of the employees contributions depending
on the financial situation of the pension fund. 

The pension plan formula is based on years of
contributions and final covered salary. The bene-
fits covered include retirement benefits, disabili-
ty, death and survivor pension.

CHF million

1998

1997

Swiss pension plans
Defined benefit obligation as of 31 December
Plan assets at fair value as of 31 December

Plan assets in excess of benefit obligation
Unrecognized net actuarial (gains) or losses 
Unrecognized assets (limit under art. 58 (b))

Prepaid pension cost

Unfunded accrued pension cost

Additional details to fair value of plan assets
Own financial instruments included in plan assets
Any assets used by the bank included in plan assets

Retirement benefits expense
Current service cost – benefits earned
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
Expected return on plan assets
Adjustment to limit prepaid pension cost
Amortization of unrecognized prior service costs
Employee contributions

Actuarially determined net periodic pension cost

Actual return on plan assets (%)

Principal actuarial assumptions used (%)

Discount rate
Expected rate of return on assets p.a.
Expected rate of salary increase
Rate of pension increase

(14,944)
17,885

2,941
(385)
(2,556)

0

0

2,761
176

535
726
(856)
148
6
(185)

374

6.7

5.0
5.0
3.5–5.5
2.0

(14,431 )
17,224

2,793
(385 )
(2,408 )

0

0

2,202
176

524
705
(756 )
22
(8 )
(194 )

293

15.5

5.0
5.0
3.5–5.5
2.0

97

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 36  Retirement Benefit Plans and Other Employee Benefits 

(continued)

Foreign pension plans

The foreign locations of UBS operate various
pension schemes in accordance with the local reg-
ulations and practices. Among these schemes are
defined contribution plans as well as defined ben-
efit  plans.  The  locations  with  defined  benefit
plans  of  a  material  nature  are  Germany,  Japan,
the UK and the US. These locations together with
Switzerland cover about 90% of the active work-
force. Certain of these schemes permit employees
to  make  contributions  and  earn  matching  or
other contributions from the Group.

The  retirement  plans  provide  benefits  in  the
event of retirement, death, disability or employ-
ment termination. The plans’ retirement benefits
depend on age, contributions and level of com-
pensation. The principal plans are financed in full
by the Group. The funding policy for these plans
is  consistent  with  local  government  and  tax
requirements. 

The  assumptions  used  in  foreign  plans  take

into account local economic conditions. 

The amounts shown for foreign plans reflect

the net funded positions of all foreign plans.

CHF million

1998

1997

Pension plans abroad
Defined benefit obligation as of 31 December
Plan assets at fair value as of 31 December

Plan assets in excess of benefit obligation
Unrecognized transition amount
Unrecognized past service cost
Unrecognized assets (limit under art. 58 (b))

Prepaid pension cost

Unfunded accrued pension cost

Movement of net liability (or asset) during the period
Prepaid pension cost at 1 January 
Less: Net periodic pension cost for the year
Employer contributions

Prepaid pension cost at 31 December
Currency adjustment at 31 December

Prepaid pension cost at 31 December

Retirement benefits expense
Current service cost – benefits earned
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of net transition (asset) or liability
Adjustment to limit prepaid pension cost
Immediate recognition of transition assets under IAS 8
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost
Amortization of unrecognized net (gain) / loss
Effect of any curtailment or settlement
Employee contributions

Actuarially determined net periodic pension cost

Actual return on plan assets (%)

Principal actuarial assumptions used (%)

Discount rate
Expected rate of return on assets p.a.
Expected rate of salary increase (including inflation)
Rate of pension increase

(2,009)
2,173

164
2
(63)
(60)

43

0

36
33
43

46
(3)

43

116
140
(191)
2
2
(23)
7
(3)
(8)
(9)

33

5.2

(1,950 )
2,187

237
(17 )
(160 )
(24 )

36

0

n.a.

n.a.

114
115
(147 )
(85 )
0
0
0
0
0
(6 )

(9 )

21.4

6.50–7.50
8.50–8.75
3.50–9.00
0.00–3.75

6.50–7.50
8.50–8.75
3.50–9.00
0.00–3.75

98

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 36  Retirement Benefit Plans and Other Employee Benefits 

(continued)

Postretirement Medical & Life Plans

UBS UK and USA offer postretirement health
care  benefits  that  contribute  to  the  health  care
coverage of the employees after retirement. One
of the plans in the USA is partially funded.

The benefit obligation in excess of plan assets
amounts to CHF 93 million in 1998 (1997: CHF

100 million) and total unfunded accrued postre-
tirement liabilities amount to CHF 62 million in
1998  (1997:  CHF  50  million).  The  actuarially
determined  net  postretirement  cost  is  CHF  17
million in 1998 (1997: CHF 14 million).

Note 37  Equity Participation Plans

UBS has established various equity participa-
tion plans to further align the long-term interests
of managers, staff and shareholders. In addition,
key personnel are awarded a proportion of their
performance-related  compensation  in  UBS  sha-
res, restricted for a minimum number of years.

Employees have the option to invest part or all
of their annual bonus in UBS shares or derivatives
on UBS shares. A certain holding period applies
during which the instruments cannot be sold or
exercised.  In  addition,  participants  in  the  plan
receive a restricted matching contribution of addi-
tional  shares  or  options.  Shares  required  under
the plan are bought or hedged in the market.

Under another plan, employees in Switzerland
are  entitled  to  purchase  a  specified  number  of

UBS shares at a predetermined discounted price
each year. The number of shares that can be pur-
chased depends primarily on years of service and
rank. Any such shares purchased must be held for
a specified period of time.

Long-term  stock  options  are  granted  to  key
employees  under  another  plan.  Participation  is
mandatory. These options are blocked for a cer-
tain period of time during which they cannot be
exercised. One half of each grant is subject to an
acceleration clause after which certain forfeiture
provisions  lapse.  One  option  gives  the  right  to
purchase one registered UBS share at the option’s
strike price. Neither fair value nor intrinsic value
of the options granted is recognized as an expense
in the financial statements.

Key employee stock options

Number of
options 1998

Weighted-average
exercise price
(in CHF) 1998

Number of
options 1997

Weighted-average
exercise price
(in CHF) 1997

Options outstanding at 1 January
Granted
Exercised
Lapsed

949,962
2,905,889
11,485
242,973

Options outstanding at 31 December

3,601,393

Options exercisable at 31 December

0

371.43
362.84
354.83
535.08

352.96

0.00

0
949,962
0
0

949,962

0

0.00
371.43
0.00
0.00

371.43

0.00

99

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 38  Related Parties

Related parties include the Board of Directors,
the Group Executive Board, the Group Managing
Board,  close  family  members  and  enterprises
which  are  controlled  by  these  individuals.  The
roles  and  responsibilities  of  these  bodies  are
explained in the Corporate Governance section.
Total remuneration recognized in the income
statement  during  the  year  amounted  to  CHF
102.8 million. Total loans and advances receiv-

able  were  CHF  27.1  million  at  31  December
1998.  The  number  of  long-term  stock  options
outstanding  from  equity  plans  was  127,500  at
the  end  of  the  year.  This  scheme  is  further
explained in Note 37 Equity Participation Plans.
Total amount of shares held by members of the
Board of Directors, Group Executive Board and
Group  Managing  Board  were  2,317,902  as  of
31 December 1998.

Note 39  Post Balance Sheet Date Events

On  19  February  1999  UBS  AG  and  Swiss
Life/Rentenanstalt  announced  their  plan  to  ter-
minate  the  cooperation  agreement  which  has
existed between them since 1995 by mutual con-
sent. In the context of this disengagement, a num-
ber  of  Swiss  and  international  institutional
investors  will  acquire  the  Group’s  25%  equity

stake  at  market  conditions.  In  addition,  Swiss
Life/Rentenanstalt  will  acquire  the  UBS’s  50%
interest in the UBS Swiss Life joint venture as well
as UBS’s 49% interest in the joint real estate sub-
sidiary Livit. UBS expects a net gain from these
divestments of CHF 1.2–1.4 billion.

100

Note 40  Significant Subsidiaries and Associates

Significant subsidiaries

Company

Private Banking
Armand von Ernst & Cie AG
Baltos Service AG
Bank Ehinger & Cie AG
BDL Banco di Lugano
Cantrade Privatbank AG
Ferrier Lullin & Cie SA
HYPOSWISS, Schweizerische Hypotheken- und Handelsbank
Intrag
Schröder Münchmeyer Hengst AG
UBS Anlage-Service GmbH
UBS (Bahamas) Ltd
UBS Bank (Canada)
UBS (Cayman Islands) Ltd
UBS Fund Holding (Luxembourg) SA
UBS Fund Holding (Switzerland) AG
UBS Fund Management (Japan) Co. Ltd.
UBS Fund Management (Switzerland) AG
UBS Fund Services (Luxembourg) S.A.
UBS Invest Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH
UBS (Italia) SpA
UBS (Luxembourg) SA
UBS (Monaco) SA
UBS (Panama) SA
UBS Trust (Canada)
UBS (Trust and Banking) Ltd

Warburg Dillon Read
Brunswick Warburg Limited
NYRE Holding Corp
PT Warburg Dillon Read Indonesia
SG Warburg & Co International BV
SG Warburg Securities SA
UBS (Argentina) S.R.L.
UBS Australia Holdings Ltd
UBS Australia Ltd
UBS Australia Finance Ltd
UBS (Brasil) Limitada
UBS Beteiligungs-GmbH & Co KG
UBS (East Asia) Ltd
UBS Futures & Options Limited
UBS Inc.
UBS Lease Finance LLC
UBS Limited
UBS UK Limited
UBS UK Holding Ltd
UBS (Nederland) BV
UBS Securities (East Asia) Ltd
UBS Securities (Hong Kong) Ltd
UBS Securities Limited
UBS Securities (Pty) Ltd
UBS Securities (Singapore) Pte Ltd
UBS Securities Trading Limited
UBS Services (Japan) Ltd
UBS Services Limited
UBS (Sydney) Limited
UBS (USA), Inc.
Warburg Dillon Read AG 
Warburg Dillon Read (Asia) Ltd

1 Share capital and share premium.

Registered 
office

Bern
Zurich
Basel
Lugano
Zurich
Geneva
Zurich
Zurich
Hamburg
Frankfurt
Nassau
Toronto
George Town
Luxembourg
Basel
Tokyo
Basel
Luxembourg
Frankfurt
Milan
Luxembourg
Monte Carlo
Panama
Toronto
Tokyo

George Town
Wilmington
Jakarta
Amsterdam
Geneva
Buenos Aires
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sao Paulo
Frankfurt
Singapore
London
New York
New York
London
London
London
Amsterdam
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
London
Johannesburg
Singapore
London
London
London
Sydney
Delaware
Frankfurt
Hong Kong

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Share
capital
in m

Equity
interest
accumulated

CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
DEM
DEM
USD
CAD
USD
LUF
CHF
JPY
CHF
CHF 
DEM
ITL
CHF
FRF
USD
CAD
JPY

USD
USD
IDR
GBP
CHF
USD
AUD
AUD
AUD
USD
DEM
SGD
GBP
USD
USD
GBP
GBP
GBP
NLG
HKD
HKD
GBP
ZAR
SGD
GBP
JPY
GBP
AUD
USD
DEM
HKD

5.0
3.0
6.0
50.0
10.0
30.0
26.0
10.0
180.0
0.3
4.0
50.2 1
5.6
1000.0
18.0
1000.0
1.0
2.5
5.0
43,000.0
150.0
60.0
6.0
10.0
7,500.0

50.0
35.5 1
11,000.0
140.4 1
15.0
–
11.7
15.0
–
–
780.0
50.0
2.0
687.2 1
16.7
396.0
609.0
360.0
24.0
250.0
20.0
10.0
6.0
3.0
24.0
41,358.5
–
12.7
798.3
304.5
20.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
64.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

50.0
100.0
85.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

101

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 40  Significant Subsidiaries and Associates (continued)

Significant subsidiaries (continued)

Company

Warburg Dillon Read (Australia) Corporation Pty Limited
Warburg Dillon Read Australia Ltd
Warburg Dillon Read Derivatives Ltd
Warburg Dillon Read (España) SA
Warburg Dillon Read (France) SA
Warburg Dillon Read Futures Inc. 
Warburg Dillon Read (Futures + Options) Pte Ltd
Warburg Dillon Read (Hong Kong) Ltd
Warburg Dillon Read (Italia) S.I.M. SpA
Warburg Dillon Read International Limited
Warburg Dillon Read (Japan) Ltd
Warburg Dillon Read LLC
Warburg Dillon Read (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Warburg Dillon Read Pte. Ltd.
Warburg Dillon Read Securities (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd
Warburg Dillon Read Securities Co. Ltd
Warburg Dillon Read Securities (España) SVB SA
Warburg Dillon Read Securities (India) Private Limited
Warburg Dillon Read Securities Ltd.
Warburg Dillon Read Securities (Philippines) Inc
Warburg Dillon Read (South Africa) (Pty) Ltd
Warburg Dillon Read Swap Inc.

Private and Corporate Clients
Aventic AG
Bank Finalba AG
Factors AG
IL Immobilien-Leasing AG
Solothurner Bank SoBa
Systor AG
UBS Immoleasing AG
UBS Leasing AG

UBS Brinson
Brinson Partners Inc.
Phillips & Drew Fund Management Limited
Phillips & Drew Limited
UBS Brinson Asset Management Co. Ltd
UBS Brinson Inc.
UBS Brinson Limited
UBS Brinson Ltd
UBS Brinson Pte Ltd
UBS Brinson SA

UBS Capital
Crédit Industriel SA
EIBA “Eidgenössische Bank“
Indelec Holding AG
SBC Equity Partners AG
SBC Overseas Holding BV
Thesaurus Continentale Effekten-Gesellschaft Zürich
UBS Capital Asia Limited
UBS Capital Asia (S) Limited 
UBS Capital BV
UBS Capital GmbH
UBS Capital II LLC
UBS Capital Latin America LDC
UBS Capital LLC
UBS Capital Partners Ltd
UBS Capital S.p.A.
UBS Investment Management Pte Ltd

1 Share capital and share premium.   2 In billion.

Registered 
office

Sydney
Sydney
Hong Kong
Madrid
Paris
Delaware
Singapore
Hong Kong
Milan
London
George Town
New York
Kuala Lumpur
Singapore
Sandton
Bangkok
Madrid
Mumbai
London
Makati
Sandton
Stamford

Zurich
Glattbrugg
Zurich
Opfikon
Solothurn
Zurich
Zurich
Brugg

Chicago
London
London
Tokyo
New York
London
Sydney
Singapore
Paris

Zurich
Zurich
Basel 
Opfikon
Amsterdam
Zurich
George Town
Singapore
The Hague
Frankfurt
Delaware
George Town
New York
London
Milan
Singapore

Share
capital
in m

23.5
61.5
20.0
200.0
150.0

12.3 1
5.5
30.0
3,500.0

808.0 1
30.0 2
1,491.4 1

0.5
3.0
2.2
400.0
2,226.0
140.0
140.0
120.0
–
140.1

30.0
40.0
5.0
5.0
50.0
5.0
3.0
10.0

–
1.0
8.0
800.0
0.5
8.8
2.5
4.0
325.1

10.0
14.0
10.0
71.7
40.0 1
30.0
5.0
1.0
220.0 1
0.1
0.1
–
0.1
6.7
50,000.0
0.5

AUD
AUD
HKD
ESP
FRF
USD
SGD
HKD
ITL
GBP
JPY
USD
MYR
SGD
ZAR
THB
ESP
INR
GBP
PHP
ZAR
USD

CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF

USD
GBP
GBP
JPY
USD
GBP
AUD
SGD
FRF

CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF
NLG
CHF
USD
SGD
NLG
DEM
USD
USD
USD
GBP
ITL
SGD

Equity
interest
accumulated

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
50.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
75.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
60.0
100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
90.0

102

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 40  Significant Subsidiaries and Associates (continued)

Significant subsidiaries (continued)

Company

Corporate Center
UBS Finance (Cayman Islands) Limited
UBS Finance (Curaçao) NV
UBS Finance (Delaware) Inc.
UBS Finanzholding AG
UBS International Holdings BV
UBS Investments (C.I.) Ltd

Significant associates
Company

Giubergia Warburg SIM SpA, Milan
Inversiones Ibersuizas S.A., Madrid
Motor Columbus AG, Baden
National Versicherung AG, Basel
Rentenanstalt/Swiss Life AG, Zurich 
Telekurs Holding AG, Zurich

Registered 
office

George Town
Curaçao
Delaware
Zurich
Amsterdam
George Town

Share
capital
in m

Equity
interest
accumulated

USD
USD
USD
CHF
GBP
USD

0.5
0.1
898.5
10.0
2.4
0.0

100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0

Equity interest

Share capital in m

50.0%
28.9%
36.4%
28.5%
25.0%
40.9%

ITL
ESP
CHF
CHF
CHF
CHF

290,000.0
8,224.0
253.0
35.0
578.4
45.0

None of the above investments carry voting rights that are significantly different from the proportion
of shares held.

Consolidated companies: changes in 1998
New companies

Aventic AG, Zurich
UBS Capital (Jersey) Ltd, St. Helier

Deconsolidated companies
Name

Adler & Co. AG
Bank Prokredit AG
BSI-Banca della Svizzera Italiana, Lugano
Cantrade Banca Privata Lugano SA, Lugano
Cantrade Investments Ltd, London
Cantrade Investment Management Ltd, London
UBS SA Holding (Pty) Ltd, Johannesburg
UBS Securities (Pty) Ltd, Johannesburg

Reason for deconsolidation

Sold
Sold
Sold
Sold
Sold
Sold
Deregistered
Deregistered

Note 41  Significant Currency Translation Rates

The following table shows the significant rates used to translate the financial statements of foreign
entities into Swiss francs.

1 USD
1 GBP
100 DEM
100 JPY

Balance sheet rate

31.12.98

31.12.97

Average rate P/L
31.12.98 31.12.97

1.38
2.29
82.19
1.22

1.46
2.41
81.24
1.12

1.45
2.41
82.38
1.11

1.45
2.37
83.89
1.19

103

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 42  Swiss Banking Law Requirements

The  significant  differences  between  Interna-
tional Accounting Standards (IAS), which are the
principles  followed  by  the  Group,  and  the
accounting  requirements  for  banks  under  Swiss
laws and regulations, are as follows:

Securities borrowing and lending

Under IAS only the cash collateral delivered or
received is recognized in the balance sheet. There
is no recognition or derecognition for the securi-
ties received or delivered. The Swiss requirement
is to recognize the securities received or delivered
in the balance sheet along with any collateral in
respect  of  those  securities  for  which  control  is
transferred.

Treasury shares

Treasury shares is the term used to describe the
holding by an enterprise, of its own equity instru-
ments.  In  accordance  with  IAS  treasury  shares
not held for trading are presented in the balance

CHF million

Differences in the balance sheet
Securities borrowing and lending

Assets

Trading portfolio / Money market paper
Due from banks / customers

Liabilities

Due to banks / customers
Other liabilities (short positions settled with borrows)

Treasury shares

Assets

Trading portfolio
Financial investments

sheet as a deduction from equity. No gain or loss
is recognized in the income statement on the sale,
issuance, or cancellation of those shares. Consid-
eration received is presented in the financial state-
ment as a change in equity.

Under  Swiss  requirements,  treasury  shares
would be carried in the balance sheet as financial
investments  with  gains  and  losses  on  the  sale,
issuance,  or  cancellation  of  treasury  shares
reflected in the income statement. 

Extraordinary income and expense

Under IAS most items of income and expense
arise  in  the  course  of  ordinary  business,  and
extraordinary  items  are  expected  to  be  rare.
Under  the  Swiss  requirements,  income  and
expense items not directly related with the core
business  activities  of  the  enterprise  (e.g.  sale  of
fixed  assets  or  bank  premises)  are  recorded  as
extraordinary income or expense. 

1998

1997

97,907
40,915

154,828
(16,006)

992
490

369

(1,350)

(1,235)

19,675
47,021

134,911
(68,215 )

463
1,519

129

(162 )

(114 )

1,482

1,982

Differences in the income statement
Treasury shares

Reclassification of extraordinary income and expense
Other income, including income from associates

General administrative expenses

Differences in the shareholders’ equity
Treasury shares

104

UBS Group Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

Note 43  The Year 2000 Challenge

Each  of  our  operating  divisions  has  estab-
lished  a  programme  to  address  the  Year  2000
issue. The programme manager for each division
reports on progress, risks and issues on a month-
ly basis to the Group Year 2000/Euro Risk Com-
mittee, which is headed by the Chief Risk Officer.
Because  of  the  size  and  complexity  of  the
Group,  and  the  pervasive  impact  of  the  Year
2000 issue on our systems and those of third par-
ties with whom we deal, UBS has chosen to pub-
lish  on  the  Internet  (www.ubs.com),  under  the
section  called  “Quantitative  Self  Assessment”,
the  progress  against  milestones  associated  with

the  technical  aspects  of  the  Year  2000  project.
This  (unaudited)  self  assessment  is  consistent
with  the  suggested  reporting  standard  of  the
Global Year 2000 Co-ordinating Group of which
UBS is a founding member.

The self assessment indicates that UBS is well
advanced in its preparation; however the nature
of the Year 2000 issue means that it is not possi-
ble to provide any guarantee that the Group will
be unaffected by Year 2000 related issues. 

In view of this, UBS has already initiated con-
tingency  planning  exercises  to  minimize  these
risks.

105

UBS Group Financial Statements
Report of the Group Auditors

106

UBS AG 
(Parent Bank)

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Table of Contents

Parent Bank Result

Financial Statements

109

110

110
Income statement
Balance sheet
111
Statement of appropriation of retained earnings 111 

Notes to the Financial Statements

Additional income statement information
Net trading income
Extraordinary income and expenses

Additional balance sheet information
Value adjustments and provisions
Statement of shareholders’ equity
Share capital
Distribution of registered shares at end of 1998

Off balance sheet and other information
Assets pledged or assigned as security for own 
obligations, assets subject to reservation of title
Fiduciary transactions
Due to UBS corporate bodies / related parties

Report of the Statury Auditors

112

113
113
113

113
113
114
114
114

115

115
115
115

116

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Table of Contents

108

Parent Bank Result

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Parent Bank Results

Income Statement

Due  to  the  planned  merger  of  Union  Bank 
of Switzerland and Swiss Bank Corporation, the
extraordinary  shareholders’  meetings  of  both
banks  decided  that  the  financial  year  1997  of 
the  respective  parent  banks  should  cover  the
period until 30 September 1997 only. Thus the
actual financial year of the parent bank UBS AG
covers a 15-month period from 1 October 1997
to 31 December 1998. This should be borne in
mind  when  comparing  the  two  income  state-
ments. The profit of CHF 650 million for 1998
relates  to  CHF  3,943  million  for  the  nine
months  in  1997  and  reflects  several  strategic
decisions  and  transactions  in  connection  with
the merger:
–  Income  from  investments  in  associates  has
increased to CHF 2,974 million from CHF 484
million in 1997 due to repatriation of capital to
the parent bank.

–  Sundry income from ordinary activities amount
to  CHF  1,162  million  (1997:  CHF  360  mil-
lion). This increase is due to harmonization of
methods of calculating service charges to other
companies within the UBS Group, as well as to
an increase in those charges.

–  The events that have affected Allowances, pro-
visions  and  losses  are  discussed  in  the  com-
ments to the Group Financial Statements. The
amount  of  CHF  4,849  million  (1997:  CHF
1,168 million) for the parent bank includes in
addition a provision of CHF 1,924 million for
counterparty  risks.  This  provision  had  been
established at Group level in 1996 already, but

it  was  allocated  to  specific  counterparties  at
parent bank level only in 1998.

– Extraordinary  income  of  CHF  3,940  million
(1997: CHF 481 million) reflects the disposal
of  subsidiaries  and  the  release  of  provisions
which are not economically necessary. Further
information  regarding  extraordinary  income
and expenses can be found in the Notes to the
Financial Statements.

– Furthermore,  the  parent  bank  includes  the
restructuring provision of CHF 7,000 million
in the results for the 15-month period ended 31
December  1998,  whereas  the  Group  already
reflected  this  amount  in  its  1997  Financial
Statements.
In order to pay out a dividend of CHF 10.– per
share or CHF 2,150 million and to allocate CHF
190  million  to  the  general  statutory  reserve,  a
release of CHF 1,690 million from other reserves
is proposed.

Balance Sheet

Total assets grew by CHF 262 billion to CHF
1,041 billion by 31 December 1998. The major
part of this increase is caused by the harmoniza-
tion of the accounting policies of Union Bank of
Switzerland and Swiss Bank Corporation. It is in
particular  the  consistent  recognition  of  repur-
chase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements
and securities lending and borrowing that led to
an  increase  in  assets  and  liabilities.  Note  that
these transactions are presented differently in the
Group Balance Sheet.

109

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Financial Statements

Financial Statements

Income Statement

CHF million

Interest and discount income
Interest and dividend income from financial assets
Less: Interest expense

Net interest income

Credit-related fees and commissions
Fee and commission income from securities and investment business
Other fee and commission income
Less: Fee and commission expense

Net fee and commission income

Net trading income

Net income from disposal of financial assets
Income from investments in associated companies
Income from real estate holdings
Sundry income from ordinary activities
Less: Sundry ordinary expenses

Other income from ordinary activities

Operating income

Personnel
General administrative

Operating expenses

Operating profit

Depreciation and write-offs on fixed assets 
Allowances, provisions and losses

Profit before extraordinary items and taxes

Extraordinary income
Extraordinary expenses
Tax expenses / (benefit)

Profit for the period

1.10.1997–
31.12.1998

33,205
240
25,412

1.1.1997–
30.9.1997

17,714
291
13,363

8,033

766
9,229
687
781

9,901

383

756
2,974
38
1,162
185

4,745

23,062

7,977
6,290

14,267

8,795

815
4,849

3,131

3,940
7,046
( 625)

650

4,642

516
5,128
408
463

5,589

3,490

229
484
30
360
51

1,052

14,773

5,346
3,241

8,587

6,186

981
1,168

4,037

481
96
479

3,943

110

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Financial Statements

Balance Sheet

CHF million

Assets
Liquid assets
Money market paper
Due from banks
Due from customers
Mortgage loans
Trading balances in securities and precious metals
Financial assets
Investments in associated companies
Tangible fixed assets
Accrued income and prepaid expenses
Positive replacement values
Other assets

Total

Total subordinated assets
Total amounts receivable from Group companies

Liabilities
Money market paper issued
Due to banks
Due to customers on savings and deposit accounts
Other amounts due to customers
Medium term note issues
Bond issues and loans from central mortgage institutions
Accruals and deferred income
Negative replacement values
Other liabilities
Value adjustments and provisions
Reserve for general banking risks
Share capital
General statutory reserve
Reserve for own shares
Other reserves
Profit / (loss) brought forward
Profit for the period

Total    

Total subordinated liabilities
Total liabilities to Group companies

31.12.1998

30.9.1997

Change

%

2,876
14,610
303,032
192,429
131,788
191,578
3,010
6,153
6,840
5,293
173,020
10,318

2,819
27,712
182,354
154,318
137,615
126,132
9,349
6,376
6,854
8,012
110,184
7,349

57
(13,102 )
120,678
38,111
(5,827 )
65,446
(6,339 )
(223 )
)
(14
)
(2,719
62,836
2,969

1,040,947

779,074

261,873

1,236
115,140

2,356
122,988

(1,120 )
(7,848 )

30,963
314,258
77,964
295,381
8,303
36,180
9,853
207,410
14,915
15,176
0
4,300
14,295
490
10,806
3
650

32,069
193,514
83,648
230,987
13,339
34,219
7,316
129,531
10,301
11,482
667
5,755
12,515
964
9,266
(443 )
3,944

(1,106 )
120,744
(5,684 )
64,394
(5,036 )
1,961
2,537
77,879
4,614
3,694
(667 )
(1,455 )
1,780
(474 )
1,540
446
(3,294 )

1,040,947

779,074

261,873

12,528
108,666

14,429
73,176

(1,901 )
35,490

2
(47 )
66
25
(4 )
52
(68 )
)
(3
0
(34
57
40

)

34

(48 )
(6 )

(3 )
62
(7 )
28
(38 )
6
35
60
45
32
(100 )
(25 )
14
(49 )
17
(101 )
(84 )

34

(13 )
48

Statement of Appropriation of Retained Earnings

The Board of Directors proposes to the General Meeting of Shareholders the following appropriation:

Profit for the fifteen month period as per the Income Statement
Release of other reserves
Retained earnings from prior years

Available for appropriation

Appropriation to general statutory reserve
Proposed dividends

Retained earnings carried forward

CHF million

650
1,690
3

2,343

190
2,150

3

Dividend distribution
Upon acceptance of this proposal, the dividend for 1998 will amount to CHF 10.– gross per share of CHF 20.– par value.
The dividend will be paid on 27 April 1999, to registered shareholders or to their depository bank by payment order, after
deduction of 35% Swiss withholding tax.

111

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Notes to the Financial Statements

Notes to the 
Financial Statements

Accounting period / Comparative figures

The parent company’s accounting period cov-
ers  the  15  months  from  1  October  1997  to  31
December 1998; and the comparative figures are
for the shortened business year from 1 January to
30 September 1997. The 1997 comparative fig-
ures are combined pro forma values which were
prepared  on  the  basis  of  the  separate  audited
financial statements of the former UBS and SBC
parent  companies  existing  at  that  time.  The
change in the length of the accounting period was
approved  by  the  shareholders  at  the  General
Assembly meetings on 3 February 1998 (former
UBS) and 4 February 1998 (SBC).

Accounting and valuation principles

The parent company’s accounting and valua-
tion policies are in compliance with Swiss federal
banking law. The accounting and valuation poli-
cies are principally the same as outlined for the
Group  Financial  Statements  in  Note  1:  Signifi-
cant Accounting Policies of the Group Financial
Statements. Major differences between the Swiss
federal  banking  law  requirements  and  Interna-
tional  Accounting  Standards  are  described  in
Note  42  to  the  Group  Financial  Statements.  In
addition, the following principles are applied for
the parent bank:
– Investments 

companies
in  associated 
Investments in associated companies are equi-
ty interests which are held on a long-term basis
for the purpose of the parent company’s busi-
ness activities. They are carried at a value no
higher than their cost price.

– Property and equipment Bank buildings and
other real estate are carried at cost less depre-
ciation  at  a  rate  which  takes  account  of  the
economic and business situation and which is
permissible  for  tax  purposes.  Depreciation  of
computer  and  telecommunication  equipment,
as well as other equipment, fixtures and fittings
is recognized on a straight-line basis over the
estimated  useful  lives  of  the  related  assets.  A
credit adjustment of CHF 470 million has been
made  in  order  to  harmonize  the  accounting
policies of the merged banks. The useful lives
of Property and Equipment are summarized in
Note 1, Significant Accounting Policies, of the
Group Financial Statements.  

– Extraordinary  income  and  expenses Cer-
tain  items  of  income  and  expense  appear  as
extraordinary within the Parent Bank Financial
Statements,  whereas  in  the  Group  Financial
Statements they are considered to be operating
income  or  expenses  and  appear  within  the
appropriate income or expense category. These
are separately identified below. 

– Taxation Deferred  Tax  Assets,  except  those
relating  to  Restructuring  Provisions,  and
Deferred  Tax  Liabilities,  except  for  a  few
immaterial  exceptions,  are  not  recognized  in
the  Parent  Bank  Financial  Statements  as  it  is
not  required  by  Swiss  federal  banking  law  to
do so.  

112

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Notes to the Financial Statements

Additional Income Statement Information

Net Trading Income

CHF million

Foreign exchange and bank notes
Bonds and other interest rate instruments
Equities
Precious metals and commodities

Total

1.10.1997–
31.12.1998

1.1.1997–
30.9.1997

2,156
( 1,440)
( 421)
88

383

1,656
1,127
553
154

3,490

Extraordinary Income and Expenses

Extraordinary  income  contains  CHF  1,190
million  from  the  sale  of  the  former  subsidiary
Banca  della  Svizzera  Italiana  (BSI),  CHF  1,336
million from release of provisions which are not
economically necessary, and CHF 667 million from
release of Reserves for General Banking Risks.

Extraordinary  expenses  consist  mainly  of
CHF 7,000 million restructuring provision which
were set up in 1997 to cover the costs related to
the merger of Swiss Bank Corporation and Union
Bank of Switzerland.

Additional Balance Sheet Information

Value Adjustments and Provisions

Provisions Recoveries,
doubtful
applied in
interest,
accordance
Balance with their
currency
specified translation
at 1 Oct.
purpose differences
1997

New Provisions
provisions released and
credited
to income

charged
to income

14,433
409
509
1,770

4,375
297
337
4,250

426
99
28
(57)

3,543
2,732
194
7,768

0
0
0
1,336

Balance
at
31 Dec.
1998

14,027
2,943
394
3,895

17,121

9,259

496

14,237

1,336

21,259

5,639

11,482

667

–

–

0

–

–

0

–

–

0

–

–

6,083

15,176

667

0

CHF million

Default risks 
(credit and country risk)
Other business risks 1
Capital and income taxes
Other provisions

Total allowance for 
general credit losses 
and other provisions

Less: Allowances deducted
from assets

Total provisions as 
per balance sheet

Reserves for general 
banking risks

1 Provisions for litigation, settlement and other business risks.

113

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Notes to the Financial Statements

Additional Balance Sheet Information (continued)

Statement of Shareholders’ Equity

CHF million

31.12.1998

30.9.1997

Change

%

Shareholders’ equity
Share capital at beginning of the period
General statutory reserves
Reserves for own shares
Other reserves
Reserves for general banking risks
Retained earnings / (accumulated deficit)

Total shareholders’ equity at beginning 
of the period (before distribution of profit)

– Reduction of nominal capital
+ Increase in General statutory reserves
+ Capital increase / (decrease)
+ Premium
+ Other allocations
– Allocation / (release) of Reserves for general banking risks
– Prior-year dividend
+ Profit / (loss) for the period

Total shareholders’ equity as of 31 December 1998 /
30 September 1997 (before distribution of profit)
of which:

Share capital
General statutory reserves
Reserves for own shares
Other reserves
Reserves for general banking risks
Retained earnings

5,755
12,515
964
9,266
667
3,501

6,508
12,093
583
11,228
666
(1,133 )

32,668

29,945

(1,467)
1,467
12
82
35
(667)
(2,236)
650

(753 )
330
23

(821 )
3,944

(753 )
422
381
(1,962 )
1
4,634

2,723

(1,467 )
1,467
765
(248 )
12
(667 )
(1,415 )
(3,294 )

(12 )
3
65
(17 )
0
(409 )

9

–
–
(102 )
(75 )
52
–
172
(84 )

30,544

32,668

(2,124 )

(7 )

4,300
14,295
490
10,806
0
653

5,755
12,515
964
9,266
667
3,501

(1,455 )
1,780
(474 )
1,540
(667 )
(2,848 )

(25 )
14
(49 )
17
(100 )
(81 )

Share Capital

Issued and paid up

Conditional share capital

Par value

No. of shares

Capital in CHF

Ranking for dividends
No. of shares Capital in CHF

214,976,306

4,299,526,120

214,449,765 4,288,995,300

999,229

19,984,580

–

–

Distribution of Registered Shares at End of 1998
% of all
registered
shareholders

Number of shares / % of shares held
(1% = 2,149,763)

Number of
shareholders

1–100
101–1,000
1,001–5,000
5,001–10,000
10,001–50,000
50,001–100,000
100,001–2,149,762
1–2%
2–3%
3–4%
4–5%
over 5%

Total

126,457
61,281
5,156
569
551
98
157
3
0
0
1
0

194,273

Number of
shares1

5,244,360
16,524,771
10,156,828
3,954,295
11,432,204
7,082,202
57,467,918
6,753,879
0
0
9,192,491
0

% of all
registered
shares

4.103
12.929
7.947
3.094
8.945
5.542
44.964
5.284
0.000
0.000
7.192
0.000

65.092
31.544
2.654
0.293
0.284
0.050
0.081
0.001
0.000
0.000
0.001
0.000

100.000

127,809,548

100.000

1 13,618,690 registered shares do not carry voting rights. 73,548,068 shares are classified as “non registered”, i.e. not entered in the share
register as of 31 December 1998.

114

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Notes to the Financial Statements

Off Balance Sheet and Other Information

Assets Pledged or Assigned as Security for Own Obligations,
Assets Subject to Reservation of Title

CHF million

Money market paper
Mortgage loans
Securities

Total

31.12.1998

30.9.1997

Book
value

6,956
2,410
14,852

24,218

Effective 
liability

0
1,602
8,883

10,485

Book
value

2,265
1,687
10,778

14,730

Effective 
liability

517
1,250
8,924

10,691

Change in %

Book 
value

Effective 
liability

207
43
38

64

(100 )
28
0

(2 )

Assets are pledged as collateral for securities borrowing and repo transactions, for collateralized cred-
it lines with central banks, loans from mortgage institutions and security deposits relating to stock
exchange memberships.

(2 )
(20 )

(11 )

(3 )

%

33

Fiduciary Transactions

CHF million

Deposits
with other banks
with Group banks

Loans and other financial transactions

Total

31.12.1998

30.9.1997

Change

%

46,180
1,543

479

47,234
1,937

536

(1,054 )
(394 )

(57 )

48,202

49,707

(1,505 )

Due to UBS Corporate Bodies / Related Parties

CHF million

Due to UBS pension funds
Loans to directors, senior executives 
and auditing bodies 2

1998

1,250

70

1997 1

Change

313

937

88

(18 )

(20 )

1 Information as of 31.12.1997    2 Loans to directors, senior executives and auditing bodies include loans to members of the Board of
Directors, the Group Managing Board and the Group’s official auditors under Swiss    company law. This also includes loans to companies
which are controlled by these natural or legal persons.

115

UBS AG (Parent Bank)
Report of the Statutory Auditors

116

UBS Corporate 
Governance

UBS Corporate Governance

Corporate and 
Executive Bodies

UBS established its orga-

Corporate Governance Best Practice

nizational structure in the

UBS observes the principles of best practice in

context of the merger

with the aim of meeting

the highest standards of

Corporate Governance.

The Cadbury Committee’s

1992 Code of Best Prac-

tice and the 1998 Ham-

pel Report on Corporate

Governance both played

a significant role in devel-

oping UBS’s Corporate

Governance standards. In

fact, almost all these

standard-setting reports’

recommendations have

been implemented in

UBS’s Articles of Associa-

tion and Organization

Regulations. At the same

time, UBS – as a Swiss

based company – must

also comply with Swiss

legal provisions.

118

the following manner:

The Board of Directors (BoD) consists exclu-
sively  of  non-executive  Directors  in  accordance
with Swiss  Banking  Law.  The  members  of  the
Board of Directors are elected by the annual gene-
ral meeting for a four-year term. In order to ensure
its  independence,  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  is
not permitted to be a member of the BoD. The
appropriate and timely information on the com-
pany’s affairs to the BoD members is prescribed
by  the  Articles  of  Association  and  the  Organi-
zation  Regulations.  The  BoD  meets  regularly,
together with the Group Executive Board (GEB). 
At the time of the merger, there were 10 Direc-
tors, of whom the Chairman and one of the Vice
Chairmen  were  appointed  on  a  full-time  basis.
Chairman  Mathis  Cabiallavetta  resigned  on  1
October 1998 after the third-quarter losses from
the US hedge fund Long Term Capital Manage-
ment (LTCM) were announced, as a step towards
restoring confidence in the new UBS. Vice Chair-
man Alex Krauer took over as Chairman. On 27
January 1999, the BoD appointed him  Chairman
until 2002.

To support the bank’s important global aspi-
rations, UBS will extend BoD membership to the
international professional community. The max-
imum number of Board members is twelve.

The responsibilities of the BoD

The  BoD  has  ultimate  responsibility  for  the
strategic  direction  of  the  business  of  the  UBS
Group  and  the  supervision  and  control  of  its
executive management. 

The  BoD  has  nominated  the  following  com-

mittees:

The  Audit  Supervisory  Board is  responsible
for  the  supervision  of  the  internal  and  external
audit. It is chaired by Alberto Togni. Additional
members  are  Alex  Krauer  and  Markus  Kündig.
The  Audit  Supervisory  Board  and  the  Head  of
Group Internal Audit meet four times a year to
discuss and approve annual objectives and activ-
ity  reports  of  Group  Internal  Audit  plus  other
matters of general policy. Important findings of
Group Internal Audit are submitted to the Audit
Supervisory Board.

The Audit Committee, chaired by Peter Böck-
li  with  Rolf  A.  Meyer  as  Vice  Chairman  and

Andreas  Reinhart,  monitors  the  functional
adequacy of the auditing work and the coopera-
tion  between  internal  and  external  audit.  It
supports  the  BoD  in  the  supervision  of  the 
year-end closing. It normally meets two to three
times  a  year  with  the  Head  of  Group  Internal
Audit  and  representatives  of  the  external  audi-
tors.  The  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  other
members of the GEB are periodically invited for
special topics. 

A Nomination Committee, with Alex Krauer
as  Chairman  and  Markus  Kündig  and  Andreas
Reinhart  as  members,  has  been  charged  with
preparing nominations for new BoD members as
well as for elections at the GEB level.

The Chairman’s Office (Chairman and Vice
Chairmen) also acts as the Remuneration Com-
mittee. It fixes the remuneration of the BoD’s full-
time members, the members of the GEB and of
the  Group  Managing  Board  (GMB)  (for  details
see  below). The BoD decides on the individual
remuneration of the part-time Board members,
based on the proposals of the Remuneration Com-
mittee.The total amount paid to the related parties
(BoD, GEB,  GMB) as well as the principles of
remuneration are  published  in  Note  38  to  the
Financial Statements. 

The Board of Directors’ activities in 1998

The  designated  Members  of  the  Board  of
Directors had started to meet regularly prior to
the legal merger on 29 June 1998. At these pre-
liminary  meetings,  the  BoD  took  all  necessary
preparatory  measures  to  ensure  UBS’s  efficient
start immediately after 29 June 1998. All impor-
tant  decisions  were  ratified  in  the  first  official
meeting  of  the  new  BoD.  The  main  issues
addressed by the BoD during the course of 1998
(pre- and post-merger) were:
– the approval of the UBS strategy 
– the  approval  of  UBS’s  organizational  frame-

work and policies 

– the approval of the UBS risk policy framework 
– the review of quarterly and year-end results, as

well as plans and budgets 

– the settlement agreement with the claimants of
the  US  class  action  suits  regarding  dormant
accounts and World War II issues

– the  losses  stemming  from  UBS’s  exposure  to

LTCM and other market risks.

UBS Corporate Governance

In  1998,  the  BoD  held  14  meetings,  eleven  of
which  were  with  the  Group  Executive  Board.  At
a one-day  seminar  the  GEB  outlined  the  detailed
strategy  of  the  Group  and  its  divisions  to  BoD
members. Joint meetings between the BoD and the
GEB provide the optimal platform for a high-level
and detailed interaction between both Boards. The
particular mandates of the two bodies are defined
in the Articles of Association and, in detail, in the
Organization Regulations. 

The Group Executive Board

The Group Executive Board is the most senior
executive body of UBS. It assumes overall respon-
sibility for the development of the Group’s strate-
gies, and the implementation and results thereof.
The GEB comprises eight members, namely the
Group CEO, the Heads of the four divisions and
of the three Corporate Center Functional Areas.
Four  members  are  Swiss  citizens,  two  US,  one
Dutch and one Italian. Two divisions have their
head offices in Switzerland, one is in London and
one in Chicago. The GEB normally convenes bi-
weekly.

A dominant concern of the GEB during 1998
was the successful integration of the two merged
banks. Numerous fundamental decisions had to
be taken, the most crucial ones being the appoint-
ment of senior management and the integration
of the technology infrastructures. The GEB feels
comfortable in stating that the essential measures
were executed successfully. The integration con-
tinues to proceed at an extremely rapid pace.

Another crucial concern was the definition of
the risk policy and risk framework of the Group.
Based  on  changing  trends  in  the  financial
industry and a more volatile market environment,
GEB  members  have  regularly  discussed  strategy
issues.  In  a  special  seminar  at  the  beginning  of
January 1999, the GEB reassessed the strategy of
the Group. The decisions, approved by the BoD
on 16  January were outlined in detail at the UBS
Investors’  Day  on  25  January  1999.  They  form
the basis of the Shareholders’ Letter and division-
al strategy discussions in this document. 

In  connection  with  the  Long  Term  Capital
Management  losses  (for  full  details  please  see
Review  of  Risk  Management  and  Control,  p.
33–34),  Felix  Fischer,  Chief  Risk  Officer,
resigned.  His  function  was  assigned  to  David

Solo  who  joined  the  GEB  from  the  Executive
Board of Warburg Dillon Read. David Solo was
the Co-Chief Operating Officer. 

The Group Managing Board

As  of  December  1998,  the  Group  Managing
Board was made up of the eight GEB members,
18  members  who  held  office  in  the  Divisional
Executive Boards and five members who were in
charge of special functions at the top level of the
organization.  The  GMB  normally  meets  once  a
year to discuss strategic and planning matters.

Group Internal Audit

The Group Internal Audit Department, head-
quartered in Zurich, employs about 220 profes-
sionals worldwide. Special attention was given to
problems arising from the LTCM losses, the risks
involved in equity derivatives transactions and to
the risks inherent in the domestic loan portfolio.
Merger-related audits were performed in various
areas, and a new organization was established in
Group Internal Audit. State-of-the-art audit stan-
dards  guarantee  professional  supervision  and
control.  The  BoD  and  the  GEB  are  regularly
informed of audit findings. The Head of Group
Internal Audit, Walter Stürzinger, reports to the
Chairman of the Board of Directors. He actively
participates in the Audit Supervisory Board and
the Audit Committee meetings. 

Relationship with Shareholders

UBS  is  committed  to  fostering  a  relationship
with  its  shareholders  characterized  by  openness
and transparency. To meet the different needs of
shareholders  better,  corporate  reporting  is  split
into two documents. The Annual Review gives an
overview of UBS’s businesses, the strengths and
opportunities of the divisions and their position-
ing  in  the  market,  the  yearly  results  and  some
additional  information  about  risk  management
and  control,  corporate  governance,  etc.  The
Financial  Report  contains  all  the  information
required by International Accounting Standards
and Swiss regulations. It is designed to respond to
the  needs  of  large  shareholders,  institutional
investors and financial analysts. 

119

UBS Corporate Governance

In addition to these two reporting documents,
UBS  publishes  a  Report  on  the  Status  of  the
Integration  following  the  merger  which  may  be
ordered  by  any  shareholder.  Quarterly  results 
are also reported in two formats: a short “Letter
to  Shareholders”  explaining  the  relevant  results
achieved,  and  a  comprehensive  “Quarterly  Re-
port” designed for institutional investors. 

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders
is organized in such a way that shareholders have

the  opportunity  to  raise  any  question  regarding
the development of the company and the achieve-
ments of the year under review. The members of
the BoD and GEB as well as the internal and exter-
nal auditors are present to answer these questions.
A  system  of  proxy  votes  gives  shareholders  the
chance to express their views on any issue on the
agenda at the Annual General Meeting. 

Corporate and Executive Bodies as of 31 December 1998

Board of Directors 

Group Executive Board

Alex Krauer (AGM 2000)*
Chairman
Member of the Audit Supervisory Board
Chairman of the Board of Novartis Ltd., Basel 
(until April 1999)

Alberto Togni (AGM 2001)
Vice Chairman
Chairman of the Audit Supervisory Board 

Markus Kündig (AGM 2002)
Vice Chairman
Member of the Audit Supervisory Board
Owner of Kündig Printers, Zug

Peter Böckli (AGM 1999)
Chairman of the Audit Committee
Partner in the law firm Böckli, Bodmer & Partner, Basel

Rolf A. Meyer (AGM 1999)
Member of the Audit Committee
Chairman of the Board of Ciba Specialty Chemicals Inc.,
Basel

Marcel Ospel
President and Group CEO

Stephan Haeringer
Deputy of the Group CEO and Division Head Private and
Corporate Clients 

Rodolfo Bogni
Chief Executive Officer of the Private Banking Division

Gary P. Brinson
Division Head Institutional Asset Management

Johannes Antonie de Gier
Chairman and Chief Executive of 
Warburg Dillon Read

David Solo
Chief Risk Officer
(since 2 October 1998)

Pierre de Weck
Chief Credit Officer and Head Private Equity 

Hans Peter Ming (AGM 2000)
Delegate of the Board of Directors of Sika Finanz AG, Baar

Peter A. Wuffli
Chief Financial Officer

Andreas Reinhart (AGM 2000)
Member of the Audit Committee
Chairman of Volkart Brothers Holding Ltd., Winterthur

Georges P. Schorderet (AGM 1999)
Chief Financial Officer of SAirGroup, 
Zurich-Airport

Manfred Zobl (AGM 2000)
Chairman of the Corporate Executive Board of 
Swiss Life / Rentenanstalt, Zurich

Secretary to the Board of Directors:
Gertrud Erismann-Peyer

* Term of office until AGM of the year 2000.

120

UBS Corporate Governance

Group Managing Board 

Samuel W. Anderson
Head Administration & Operations, UBS Brinson Division

Luqman Arnold
Chief Operating Officer, Warburg Dillon Read 

Peter Brutsche
Head Private Banking Tokyo

Richard C. Capone
Regional Manager for UBS AG’s operations in the 
United States, Canada and Latin America; 
Chief Executive Officer, Warburg Dillon Read LCC 

Crispian Collins
Chief Executive, Phillips & Drew, London 
(UBS Brinson Division)
(since 1 September 1998)

Arthur Decurtins
Deputy CEO of the Private Banking Division, 
Head Products, Services, Logistics

Jeffrey J. Diermeier
Co-Head Equity Investments, UBS Brinson Division

Henry Doorn, Jr.
Head of Finance and Control, UBS Brinson

Thomas K. Escher
Business Area Head Information Technology,
Private and Corporate Clients Division

George M. Feiger
Business Area Head Domestic Clients, 
Private Banking Division

Georges Gagnebin
Business Area Head International Clients Europe, 
Middle East & Africa, Private Banking Division

Markus J. Granziol
Global Head Equities and Rates, Warburg Dillon Read

Carlo A. Grigioni
Head Business Area The Americas,
Private Banking Division

Jürg Haller
Business Area Head Corporate Clients, 
Private and Corporate Clients Division

Eugen Haltiner
Head Integration, 
Private and Corporate Clients Division

Franklin W. Hobbs
Global Head Corporate Finance, Warburg Dillon Read 

William W. Johnson
Head Treasury Products, Warburg Dillon Read

Benjamin F. Lenhardt, Jr.
Head of Account Management and 
Business Development, UBS Brinson Division

Franz Menotti
Business Area Head Private and Business Clients, 
Private and Corporate Clients Division

Urs B. Rinderknecht
Group Mandates

Gian Pietro Rossetti
Business Area Head Domestic Clients /
Swiss Clients, Private Banking Division

Jean Francis Sierro
Business Area Head Resources,
Private and Corporate Clients Division

Stephan Zimmermann
Business Area Head Operations,
Private and Corporate Clients Division

Auditors 

External Auditor
ATAG Ernst & Young Auditing Ltd., Basel 
Auditors for the Parent Bank and for the Group as 
prescribed by Company Law and Swiss Banking Law
(term expires AGM 1999)

Internal Audit
Walter H. Stürzinger, 
Head of Internal Audit Department

121

122

UBS Group
Human Resources

UBS Group Human Resources

Personnel at UBS

1998 was a year which

Headcount Movements

put considerable pressure

on our staff. They met

the challenge admirably,

and we wish to take this

opportunity to reiterate

our thanks. We are aware

that the success of the

merger to date has to a

large extent been depend-

ent on the commitment

of our employees.

UBS  employed  48,011  staff  at  end-1998.  A
geographical breakdown of employees is shown
in the pie chart. 

During  1998,  UBS  experienced  significant
movements  in  headcount,  predominantly  as  a
result of the merger. The total headcount of full-
time employees at UBS fell by 7,165 during 1998
from 55,176 in 1997, representing the combina-
tion of the workforces of Union Bank of Switzer-
land  and  Swiss  Bank  Corporation.  53%  of  the
total  reduction  in  staff  in  1998  took  place  in
Switzerland.  The  most  significant  reduction  in
relation to local workforce was in Asia (–24%),
with  a  19%  decline  in  Americas  and  a  16%
decline in Europe (excluding Switzerland).

Of  the  3,800  decline  in  staff  numbers  in
Switzerland,  some  1,500  was  attributable  to
divestments, primarily BSI. Elsewhere in Europe
the net reduction of 1,250 was largely attributa-
ble  to  a  significant  restructuring  in  London  as
part  of  the  merger.  This  was  partially  offset  by
new hirings and more importantly the acquisition
of Schröder Münchmeyer Hengst in Germany. In
the  Americas  the  reduction  of  1,100  was  once
again primarily due to the merger. In Asia a re-
focusing of our business in the light of difficult
market conditions also contributed to the decline
of  870  staff.  A  further  discussion  of  headcount
movements  can  be  found  in  the  divisional  re-
ports.  For  a  discussion  of  personnel  expenses,
please see the Financial Review page 53.

top-down evaluation is complemented by evalu-
ations from other sources: in addition to the man-
ager’s  evaluation,  feedback  might  be  obtained
from internal clients, peers and direct reports of
the  evaluatee,  who  is  also  required  to  provide 
a self-evaluation. The most important feature of
the  process  is  an  intensive  feedback  discussion
between  manager  and  evaluatee,  where  results
and  implications  are  reviewed  and  appropriate
measures as well as objectives for the next evalu-
ation  period  are  agreed  upon.  Thus,  PMM  is  a
development and evaluation tool and its results
are the basis for a number of processes and deci-
sions, such as training and development, promo-
tion,  compensation,  position  and  succession
planning.

Graduate Programs

UBS is keen to attract high caliber staff in all
its  divisions  and  thereby  ensure  the  ongoing
strength,  commitment  and  quality  of  manage-
ment.  Thus,  UBS  offers  graduates  two  special
entry programs: the Junior Key People (JKP) Pro-
gram (all divisions and Corporate Center except
WDR)  and  Warburg  Dillon  Read’s  Graduate
Training Program (GTP). After at least one year
of working experience at UBS young and highly
qualified  employees  can  apply  for  the  Interna-
tional  Mobility  Program  (IMP)  which  provides
the opportunity of an assignment abroad for one
to two years at one of UBS’s world-wide locations.

Regional Split December 1998

Performance Measurement and
Management

UBS Employees by Division

In  1998  a  new  comprehensive  performance
appraisal system was introduced throughout the
bank. PMM which stands for performance meas-
urement  and  management,  measures  individual
achievements (contribution) as well as the appli-
cation of knowledge, skills and personal qualities
(competencies).  With  PMM,  the  conventional

68%

Warburg Dillon Read
Private Banking
Private and Corporate Clients
UBS Brinson
UBS Capital
Corporate Center

Group total

1998

13,794
7,634
24,043
1,497
122
921

48,011

1997

18,620
7,862 1
25,641 1
1,364
90
1,599

55,176

1 Restated figures due to client segmentation.

6%

2%

10%

14%

Switzerland
Rest of Europe
The Americas
Asia
Others

124

Glossary

Glossary

126

A

accrual basis of accounting
The effects of transactions and other
events are recognized when they
occur, not as cash or its equivalent is
received or paid, and they are record-
ed in the accounting records and
reported in the financial statements
of the periods to which they relate.

ACRA reserve
Actuarial Credit Risk Accounting ACRA:
methodology used by UBS for calcu-
lating the expected loss on a credit
or derivatives portfolio based on the
statistical loss experience of rating
agencies and to build up a credit pro-
vision to provide for such future losses.

allowance for credit losses
An allowance, which in management’s
estimate is adequate to provide for
the credit losses inherent in the loan
portfolio. The allowance for credit
losses is deducted from the related
asset category on the balance sheet.

B

Basle capital ratio
A measure of the equity resources
underpinning the operations of inter-
nationally active banks, as set by
the Basle Committee on Banking
Supervision which meets at the Bank
for International Settlements (BIS).
Capital is broken down into core capi-
tal (or Tier 1 capital) and supplemen-
tary capital (Tier 2 capital). The bank’s
assets are weighted from 0% to
100%. The ratio of the capital to the
bank’s risk-weighted assets is the BIS
capital ratio.

C

compliance risk
The risk that the bank’s conduct of
business does not comply with the
applicable laws, internal or external
regulations or restrictions. This includes
the risk of loss resulting from the
inability of the bank to meet regulatory
requirements, including breaching of
existing capital requirements.

concentration risk 
The risk of loss due to creating exces-
sive exposure to a particular risk
or a group of risks or to a particular
country, industry, currency or coun-
terparty group.

contract volume
The contract volume corresponds to
the receivable side of derivative
instruments; it can be expressed in
terms of the notional / nominal
amount of underlying instruments or
the value of the underlying asset
on which the derivative instrument is
based. Only derivative instruments
outstanding at the balance sheet date
are taken into account.

defined benefit plan
Amounts paid by the enterprise to
such post-employment benefit plans
may be determined, among others,
by the employees’ remuneration and /
or years of service. Actuarial risk (that
benefits will cost more than expected)
and investment risk (that the asset
invested will be insufficient to meet
expected benefits) fall in substance on
the enterprise.

country risk 
Country risk concerns potential losses
on foreign creditors’ and investors’
claims that would arise from sovereign
default or other restrictions on cross-
border transfers of funds. Country risk
also concerns the potential for losses
by foreign creditors and investors
arising from systemic country develop-
ments such as exchange rate or asset
price reductions.

credit risk 
Risk of loss to the bank due to a
counterparty unable or not willing to
perform its payment obligations or
other terms of contract agreed upon
when business was concluded. (Note
that credit risk includes e.g. transfer
risk.)

currency risk
The risk of loss or gain due to changes
in the underlying exchange rates.

D

deferred tax asset
The amounts of income taxes recover-
able in future periods in respect of:
(a) deductible temporary differences
between reported net income and net
income for tax declaration purposes;
(b) the carry forward of unused
tax losses; and (c) the carry forward
of unused tax credits.

deferred tax liability
The amounts of income taxes payable
in future periods in respect of taxable
temporary differences between re-
ported net income and net income for
tax declaration purposes.

defined contribution plan
Post-employment benefit plans under
which an enterprise pays fixed con-
tributions into a separate entity
(a fund). The enterprise’s obligation is
limited to the amount that it agrees
to contribute. 

derivative financial instruments
Financial instruments, such as financial
options, futures, forwards, interest
rate swaps and currency swaps, which
create rights and obligations that
have the effect of transferring between
the parties to the instrument one or
more of the financial risks inherent
in an underlying primary financial
instrument. Derivative instruments do
not result in a transfer of the under-
lying primary financial instrument on
inception of the contract and such
a transfer does not necessarily take
place on maturity of the contract.

E

earnings per share (EPS)
The amount of net profit for the period
that is attributable to ordinary share-
holders divided by the weighted
average number of ordinary shares
outstanding during the period.

equity method
The method to account for invest-
ments, in which we have a significant
influence. The investment is initially
recorded at cost and adjusted there-
after for the post acquisition change
in the investors’ share of net assets.

exchange traded
Refers to standardized options and
futures listed and traded on an
organized exchange.

expected loss
Expected loss is the average predicted
cost of UBS’s exposure to a particular
risk factor during a given reporting
period.

exposure
Any status (be it monetarily expressed
or not) that is subject to a potential
change.

Glossary

F

fair value
The amount for which an asset could
be exchanged, or a liability settled,
between knowledgeable, willing par-
ties in an arm’s length transaction.

finance lease
A lease that transfers substantially all
the risks and rewards incident to
ownership of an asset. Title may or
may not eventually be transferred. 

financial intermediaries
Companies such as banks, securities
or brokerage firms, investment com-
panies, pension and mutual funds
and insurance companies which
facilitate the flow of funds between
borrowers and lenders in the economy.

forwards and futures
Forwards and futures are contractual
obligations to buy or sell a financial
instrument on a future date at a
specified price. Forward contracts are
effectively tailor-made agreements
that are transacted between counter-
parties in the over-the-counter market,
whereas futures are standardized
contracts that are transacted on regu-
lated exchanges.

funding risk
The risk of being unable to obtain
funding for a portfolio of assets at
appropriate market rates or of being
unable to liquidate assets at appro-
priate market prices.

G

Global Equity Derivatives (GED)
Structured equity derivatives business
at UBS.

goodwill
Any excess of the cost of the acquisi-
tion over the acquirer’s interest in
the fair value of the identifiable assets
and liabilities acquired as at the
date of the exchange transaction.

group
A parent and all its subsidiaries.

H

hedging
An action which reduces risk, usually
at the expense of potential reward, by
use of a financial instrument or a
combination of several instruments.

historical simulation
A methodology for calculating value
at risk which revalues the reference
portfolio using historically observed
market prices over a predefined time
period.

I

information technology risk
The risk of loss due to inappropriate
information technology.

interest rate risk
The risk that the value of a financial
instrument will fluctuate due to
changes in the underlying interest
rates.

International Accounting
Standards (IAS)
Accounting standards issued by the
International Accounting Standards
Committee (IASC). The objective
of these standards is to improve and
harmonize the accounting standards
relating to the presentation of financial
statements.

investment funds 
(in the US: mutual funds) 
A company or financial product
whose sole object is to invest its capi-
tal in the shares of a wide range of
companies. Under Swiss law the
investment fund is an entity in which
investors pool their capital for joint
investment. The assets are managed
by the fund’s management for the
account of the investors according to
the risk distribution principle.
Depending on the type of investment
fund, the assets may be invested in
securities, money market instruments
or in real estate; investments can also
be made in special fund products and
asset allocation funds. Swiss invest-
ment funds must be invested in vari-
able capital and are obliged to
redeem units whenever requested.
Securities funds, money market funds,
real estate funds, country funds,
regional funds, sector funds.
Differentiation within UBS:
– UBS mutual funds can be broken
down into Brinson, WDR and PB
funds.

– UBS Investment Funds is the label
for the Private Banking Division’s
core range of public open-end
mutual funds.

K

key personnel risk
The risk of loss in knowledge, manage-
ment capacity, experience or leader-
ship due to the resignation, illness,
disability or death of the bank’s key
personnel.

L

legal risk
Legal risk is the risk of loss because a
contract cannot be enforced. This
includes risks arising from insufficient
documentation, insufficient capacity
or authority of a counterparty (ultra
vires, “capacity risk”), uncertain
legality, and unenforceability in bank-
ruptcy or insolvency. Also called Legal
Enforcement Risk.

liability risk
The risk of loss due to the bank being
held responsible for a contractual
or legal claim, debt or action based,
e.g., on the breach or default of a
contract, commitment of a tort, viola-
tion of criminal law, infringement of
trade marks or antitrust action.

logistics functions
Separately constituted operational
functions including financial control,
operational and IT which excercise an
essential control function when pro-
cessing the transactions entered into
by the divisions.

loss severity
Also referred to as loss given default
– the amount that the bank would
lose in the event that a counterparty
defaults on its obligations.

M

margin 
A deposit of cash or securities taken
from a client or counterparty as securi-
ty against a loan or other obligation. 

market risk
Market risk is the uncertainty to which
future earnings are exposed as a
result of changes in the value of port-
folios of financial instruments. This
risk is a consequence of the trading
and investing activities in the interest
rate, foreign exchange, equity and
commodity markets.

master netting agreement
An arrangement providing for an
enterprise that undertakes a number
of financial instrument transactions
with a single counterparty to make a
single net settlement of all financial
instruments covered by the agreement
in the event of default on, or termina-
tion of, any one contract.

minority interest
That part of the net results of opera-
tions and of net assets of a subsidiary
attributable to interests which are not
owned, directly or indirectly through
subsidiaries, by the parent.

mutual funds
Please see investment funds.

N

negative replacement value
Negative replacement value is the
cost to the Group’s conterparties
of replacing all the Group’s transac-
tions in a loss position if the Group
were to default.

netting
Setting off between counterparties,
on the basis of bilateral or multilateral
contracts, of mutual payment obli-
gations on expiry date, or in the case
of default of a counterparty of un-
realized profits and unrealized losses.

notional amount
The reference amount of the under-
lying asset or index which is used as
the basis for calculating the value of
derivative contracts. Notional values
provide an indication of the volume of
derivatives business transacted by UBS
but do not provide any measure of
risk.

O

operating lease
A lease other than a finance lease.

operational risk
The risk that deficiencies in informa-
tion systems or internal controls will
result in unexpected loss. This risk is
associated with human error, system
failures and inadequate procedures
and controls. At UBS the particular
elements of operational risk are oper-
ations risk, legal risk, compliance risk,
liability risk, information technology
risk, key personnel risk and physical
and crime risk.

127

Glossary

128

operations risk
(otherwise referred to as transaction
processing risk) 
The risk that the deficiencies in trans-
action processing systems and the
associated internal controls will result
in unexpected financial loss. This risk
is associated with human error, system
failures and inadequate procedures /
controls in the trade / transaction pro-
cessing.

options
Options are contractual agreements
under which the seller (writer) grants
the purchaser the right, but not the
obligation, either to buy (call option)
or sell (put option) by or at a set date,
a specified amount of a financial
instrument at a predetermined price.
The seller receives a premium from
the purchaser for this right.

over-the-counter (OTC)
instruments
Refers to financial instruments that
are not traded on an organized
exchange or a market that is not part
of an organized exchange. OTC
instruments can be created with any
provisions allowed by law and accept-
able to counterparties.

P

parent
An enterprise that has one or more
subsidiaries.

physical and crime risk
The risk of loss to the bank due to,
e.g., accidents, crime, sabotage,
natural catastrophes, war, riots or
elementary damage (water, fire).

positive replacement value
Positive replacement value represents
the cost to the Group of replacing
all transactions in a gain position if all
the Group’s counterparties were to
default. This measure is the industry
standard for the calculation of current
credit exposure.

settlement risk
The risk of loss to the bank making
a payment or delivery in “exchange-
for-value” transactions without
receiving the associated payment or
delivery from the counterparty.

statistical loss 
The loss which can be predicted with
a given statistical probability.

stress scenario loss
The possible – although improbable
and unusual – extreme scenarios which
the bank should be able to absorb
in the normal course of its business.

subsidiary
An enterprise that is controlled by
another enterprise (known as the par-
ent).

swaps
Swaps are transactions in which two
parties exchange cash flows on a
specified notional amount for a pre-
determined period.
Interest rate swap contracts generally
represent the contractual exchange
of fixed and floating rate payments of
a single currency, based on a notional
amount and an interest reference rate.
Cross-currency interest rate swaps
generally involve the exchange of pay-
ments which are based on the interest
reference rates available at the incep-
tion of the contract on two different
currency principal balances that are
exchanged. The principal balances are
re-exchanged at an agreed upon rate
at a specified future date.

V

value at risk
Value at risk is a measure of the maxi-
mum loss which would be expected
to occur in a given portfolio with
a given level of statistical probability
(e.g. 97%). 
Note: Value at risk does not provide
an estimate of the size of loss that
could occur in the remaining cases
which fall outside the predefined
probability.

R

Rates business area
The fixed income business area of
Warburg Dillon Read.

repurchase agreement
A repurchase agreement (repo) is an
agreement whereby the holder of a
security sells the security to a buyer /
lender, with a simultaneous agree-
ment to repurchase the security at a
fixed future date at a stipulated price.

reverse repurchase agreement 
A reverse repurchase agreement
(reverse repo) is the purchase of a
security at a specified price with an
agreement to resell the same security
at a specified price on a specified
future date.

risk appetite
Amount of risk which the bank is pre-
pared to accept in the normal course
of business in order to deliver satis-
factory long-term growth and return
on equity.

risk-bearing capacity 
Potential of the bank to absorb stress
losses taking into account UBS’s
overall earnings capacity. It is set to
protect the Group from unacceptable
damage to annual earnings, dividend-
paying ability, business viability and
the reputation of the bank.

risk policy framework
Entirety of organizational principles,
methods and measures (policies,
structures, processes) to manage and
control risks.

ROE – return on equity
Net result of a reporting period divided
by the average equity during the same
period.

S

securities borrowing / lending
The loan of securities on an unsecured
or secured basis for which the
borrower pays a fee to the lender.
The borrower may re-lend the secu-
rities, or use them as collateral, or
to settle short sales or repos. The lender
retains the beneficial ownership,
and is therefore entitled to receive all
coupons or dividends from the
borrower during the term of the trade.

UBS Share
Information

UBS Share Information

The UBS Share in 1998

UBS Share Data

Year-end registered shares in 1000 units

Total shares outstanding
Total shares ranking for dividend
Treasury shares (average) 
Weighted average shares (for basic EPS calculation)
Weighted average shares (for diluted EPS calculation)

Per share data (basic) (CHF)
Gross operating profit
Group profit before taxes
Net profit / loss
Dividend
Book value

Per share data (diluted) (CHF)
Gross operating profit
Group profit before taxes
Net profit / loss
Book value

Stock exchange prices 2
Year-end 1998 (CHF)
High / low 1998 (29 June first trading day) (CHF)

Price/net earnings (P / E) (basic)
Price/book value (P / BV) (basic)

Dividend yield, gross (high / low) (in percent)
Total return (for full-year 1998)
Total return Swiss Market Index (SMI)
Total return Swiss Performance Index (SPI)

Market capitalization (CHF billion) 4
Year-end
% change year-on-year
In % of the Swiss Market Index (SMI)
In % of the Swiss Performance Index (SPI)
High (20 July)
Low (30 September)

Trading volumes (SWX only) (CHF million) 2
Total
Daily average

Trading volumes (SWX only) (1000 units) 2
Total
Daily average

1998

1

214,976
214,450
3,058
211,797
212,941

105.43
19.22
14.31
10.00
152.95

104.86
19.12
14.23
152.13

422
657 / 270

29.5
2.8

3

3.7 / 1.5
2.6
15.7
16.8

90.7
1.17 5
11.8
9.6
140.0
57.9

67,198
517

6

153,078
1,178

6

1 Difference between shares outstanding and shares ranking for dividend are reserved shares.    2 Trading period of UBS registered shares
was 29 June until 31 December 1998.    3 Return from dividend and price changes.    4 1998 figures for new UBS shares only.    5 1997 figures
on a pro forma basis.    6 Trading period 29 June until 31 December 1998 equals 150 trading days.

There was a marked difference in the performance
of the Swiss stock market between the first and
second halves of the year. The first half saw a conti-
nuation of the bull market which had been in place
for over two years. In the ensuing six months, the
stock market  environment  then  deteriorated
sharply as the economic crises in Asia and Russia
grew suddenly acute and took their toll. This peri-
od was marked by extreme volatility and increased
uncertainty which at times precipitated sharp price
corrections. 

The merger between UBS and SBC announced
in  early  December  1997  was  very  favorably
received  by  the  market.  The  UBS  share  price,
which had been rising continuously, gained fur-
ther  momentum  at  the  end  of  June  when  the
merger  was  legally  formalized  and  the  CHF  20
single-class share introduced. The price reached
its high for  the year on 20 July 1998 at CHF 657,
equivalent to a market capitalization of CHF 140
billion.  After  fluctuating  sharply  in  the  second
half as a result of the general market uncertainty

130

UBS Share Information

and  the  losses  sustained  on  the  bank’s  LTCM
exposure, the share price reached a low of CHF
270 on 30 September 1998. By year-end, it had
climbed back to CHF 422, equivalent to a market
value of CHF 91 billion. 

With a daily trading volume of over 1 million
shares,  the  UBS  share  is  one  of  the  three  most
actively traded Swiss stocks. In terms of market
capitalization, UBS is one of the top five financial
institutions in the world. 

UBS Share Price Chart
100% = 1 December 1997

UBS Market Capitalization

190%

175%

160%

145%

130%

115%

100%

  85%

  70%

12.97

2.98

4.98

6.98

8.98

10.98

12.98

145
135
125
115
105
  95
  85
  75
  65
  55

Pressure for Holocaust settlement (16.4.98)

Russian/Emerging market crisis

UBS profit warning 
(24.9.98)

Start trading of new UBS shares (29.6.98)

Announcement of UBS merger (8.12.97)

Recovery 
of markets

7
9
.
2
1
.
1
0

8
9
.
1
0
.
3
2

8
9
.
3
0
.
3
1

8
9
.
5
0
.
6
0

8
9
.
6
0
.
6
2

8
9
.
8
0
.
4
1

8
9
.
0
1
.
2
0

8
9
.
1
1
.
0
2

UBS registered (up to 29 June 1998 old UBS registered)
SPI Swiss Performance Index

Market capitalization in CHF billion 

Distribution of UBS shares registered as of 31 December 1998

Number of registered shares
(1% = 1,278,095 shares)

1–100
101–1,000
1,001–5,000
5,001–10,000
10,001–50,000
50,001–100,000
>100001

Total

0–1%
1–2%
2–3%
3–4%
4–5%
over 5%

Total

Number of
shareholders

% of all
registered
shareholders

Number of % of all
registered registered
shares

shares

126,457
61,281
5,156
569
551
98
161

65.092
31.544
2.654
0.293
0.284
0.050
0.083

5,244,360
16,524,771
10,156,828
3,954,295
11,432,204
7,082,802
73,414,288

4.10
12.93
7.95
3.09
8.94
5.54
57.45

194,273

100.000 127,809,548

100.00

194,269
3
0
0
1
0

99.997 111,863,178
6,753,879
0
0
9,192,491
0

0.002
0.000
0.000
0.001
0.000

87.53
5.28
0.00
0.00
7.19
0.00

194,273

100.000 127,809,548

100.00

As of December 31, 1998 no identified investor was holding 5% or more of the total 214 million UBS shares outstanding.

Individual shareholders
Legal entities
Nominees, fiduciaries

Total

Switzerland
Europe
North America
Other countries

Total

UBS employees were holding 2.8% of the shares registered.

184,917
8,649
707

194,273

181,738
9,325
960
2,250

194,273

95.19

31,023,286
4.45   65,225,537
0.36   31,560,725

24.27
51.04
24.69

100.00   127,809,548

100.00

93.55   99,135,341
4.80   19,424,727
2,894,597
0.49  
6,354,883
1.16  

77.57
15.20
2.26
4.97

100.00   127,809,548

100.00

131

UBS Share Information

Information for Shareholders

UBS Registered Shares (Par Value CHF 20), ISIN Number CH0008470921

Ticker symbols

Stock exchange listings

SWX (Swiss exchange)

Tokyo

London (Stock exchange automatic quotation SEAQ)

Bloomberg

UBSN SW

1264Z JP

Reuters

UBSZn.S

UBS.T

UBSZq.L

Telekurs

UBSN, 004

N16631, 106

847092, 182

Sponsored American Depository Receipt 
(ADR) program in the USA

Ratio

Exchange

Symbol

CUSIP

20 ADR’s = 1 UBS Share

OTC (over the counter)

UBBSY

# 90261R105

Financial calendar

General Meeting of Shareholders Thursday, 22 April 1999

Dividend payment date

Tuesday, 27 April 1999

Publication first-quarter 
results 1999

Publication first-half 
results 1999

Thursday, 27 May 1999

Tuesday, 24 August 1999

For information contact

Change of address

UBS AG
Shareholders’ Register
P.O. Box
CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland
Phone +41 1 235 62 02
Fax +41 1 235 31 54

UBS AG
Investor Relations
Bahnhofstrasse 45
CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland
Phone +41 1 234 87 78
Phone +41 1 234 26 02
Fax +41 1 234 34 15

100 Liverpool Street
London EC2M 2RH, UK
Phone +44 171 568 5207
Fax +44 171 568 5204

132

Imprint
Publisher / Editing: UBS AG, Investor Relations Department 
Concept / Production: UBS AG, Group Management Support 
Languages: English, German; Copyright: UBS AG, Switzerland 
SAP-R / 3 80531E; CIF-Pub-Nr. 012/04601

ab

UBS AG
P.O. Box, CH-8098 Zurich, Switzerland
P.O. Box, CH-4002 Basel, Switzerland

www.ubs.com